Quarterlytics / Restaurants / Revolution Bars Group

Revolution Bars Group

rbg · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker rbg
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Restaurants
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Revolution Bars Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R

e

v

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

B

a

r

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

BARS...

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

GOVERNANCE REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 Chief Executive’s Review

Investment Case
 COVID-19 Timeline

2  Chairman’s Statement
4  At a Glance
4 
6 
8  Business Model
10 
14  Strategic Framework
16  Strategy in Action
18  Risk Report
20  Financial Review
24  Section 172(1) Statement
26   Operating Responsibly 
for our Stakeholders

101   Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity
101   Company Statement  

of Cash Flow

102   Notes to the Company 
Financial Information

105 Glossary
106 Corporate Information

32  Board of Directors
34  Senior Management
35  Governance Section:  

Chairman’s Introduction  
to Governance

36   Governance  

Section: Corporate 
Governance Report

40  Board Activity
42 

 Nomination  
Committee Report
44   Audit Committee Report
48   Directors’  

Remuneration Report

54  Directors’ Report
58   Statement of Directors’ 

Responsibilities

62   Independent  

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

Auditors’ Report
 Consolidated  
Statement of Profit 
or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position
 Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity
 Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flow
 Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial 
Information

100  Company Statement  

of Financial Position

 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1

...operating two market-
leading brands, “Revolution” 
and “Revolución de Cuba”.  
We have a strong national 
presence across the UK but 
with significant opportunities 
for further expansion and 
currently trade from 67 bars 
located exclusively in town  
or city centre high streets.

Both brands focus on a premium  
drinks range and a quality food  
offering typically trading from  
late morning through into the  
late evening.

Purpose

We create fun and 
memorable experiences  
with our teams and guests.
Vision
The place where everyone 
wants to be.
Values
Fun
It’s at the heart of what  
we do, it’s who we are. 
Have fun, be fun and 
create fun. 

Integrity
Just doing the right  
thing, because it’s the  
right thing to do! 

Ambition
Always striving to be the 
best version of ourselves.

Recognition
Creatively rewarding  
and recognising the 
achievements of all  
our people.

Venues across the UK

Financial highlights

67

Revenue

Gross margin

FY21

£39.4m

FY21

£28.1m

FY20

£110.1m

FY20

£83.5m

£39.4m

£28.1m

APM Adjusted EBITDA*

Loss before tax

(£12.0m)

FY21

(£26.3m)

FY21

FY20

£0.1m

(£31.7m)

FY20

(£12.0m)

(£26.3m)

*  Adjusted performance measures exclude exceptional items, share-based payment 
charges and bar opening costs (see reconciliation table in the Financial Review).

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
2 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CHAIRMAN’S

I am pleased that since mid-July  
our business has finally been allowed  
to trade without restrictions and we 
hope that this return to normality  
and positivity continues.

FY21 was a year of pandemic-related 
challenges, with ongoing changing 
restrictions, tiers and lockdowns being  
both unpredictable and frustrating.

Our Management expertly navigated and 
adapted to the ever-changing field, and 
ensured, when allowed to do so, we were 
ready to open in a safe environment where 
colleagues and guests could return to, and 
enjoy, our bars. Although in FY21 we did not 
have any weeks of completely “normal” trade, 
with some form of restriction in place at all 
times, we were very pleased to see our guests 
return in numbers when our bars reopened.

During the year we have taken the opportunity 
to drive our core strategies. We have made 
significant headway in our Diversity and 
Inclusion agenda, as well as a real focus on 
Wellbeing as our people faced unprecedented 
personal challenges throughout the pandemic. 
We have made significant investment in 
sustainability, winning a prestigious award in 
recognition of our success. Management has 
taken advantage of lockdown periods to both 
enhance and drive the offering at our two  
core brands, whilst also opening a third new, 
exciting brand in Swansea, and preparing  
for a fourth competitive socialising brand  
to open FY22 H1.

Our senior management team has shown 
exceptional leadership and resilience in the 
face of the most extreme circumstances and 
taken all appropriate actions to ensure that 
our bars could reopen safely when permitted 
to do so and to protect and safeguard the 
future of the business.

Our business
At the end of the reporting period, the Group 
operated 67 premium bars with a strong 
presence throughout the UK for its two 
high-quality retail brands: Revolution (48 bars), 
focused on young adults; and Revolución de 
Cuba (18 bars), which attracts a broader age 
range. Most of the Group’s sales are derived 
from drink and food with some late-night 
admission receipts driven by entertainment 
completing the sales mix.

We successfully opened a third brand in  
FY21, with the introduction of Founders & Co. 
- an artisanal market-place experience, and 
are set to open our fourth brand, a competitive 
socialising experience, in November 2021. 

Following the successful recent equity 
fundraisings, I’m very pleased to say that  

we are emerging from the pandemic with  
a strong balance sheet which allows us to 
refocus our resource on investment in the 
existing estate to improve the underlying 
performance of the business, as well as 
seeking expansion opportunities. We are in  
an excellent position to grow the business, 
whether that is organically, through acquisition 
of single sites, or acquisition of small groups.

In FY21, a Company Voluntary Arrangement 
(“CVA”) was undertaken by the Group’s wholly 
owned subsidiary, Revolution Bars Limited.  
As part of this process we exited six sites, and 
we also surrendered a further two separately 
with the respective landlords resulting in an 
estate of 67 premium bars as at 15 November 
2021. The CVA and landlord negotiations have 
delivered significant rent savings; coupled 
with other cost-savings where possible, 

FY21 was a year of pandemic-related 
challenges, with ongoing changing 
restrictions, tiers and lockdowns being 
both unpredictable and frustrating.”

Keith Edelman, Non-Executive Chairman

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

3

including a streamlining of our Support  
Centre resource and negotiations with other 
suppliers, the Board believes the Group is 
well-positioned to operate more efficiently 
and, longer term, achieve a higher net margin.

I must take this opportunity to thank  
our suppliers who have been extremely 
supportive by suspending contracts or 
agreeing deferred payments, our Board for 
their salary sacrifices, the many landlords who 
have part-waived rent, NatWest who has been 
very supportive and increased our committed 
debt facilities, and our shareholders for 
supporting our two successful equity 
fundraisings. I would also like to acknowledge 
the outstanding efforts of Kate Nicholls,  
CEO of UKHospitality, who has represented 
the hospitality sector with unwavering vigour, 
dedication and determination throughout  
this challenging period.
Our results

Sales of £39.4 million (2020: £110.1 million) 
were 64.2% lower than the previous period  
as a result of the various COVID-19 (“COVID”) 
lockdowns and restrictions throughout the 
entirety of FY21, compared to just the last  
14 weeks of FY20. Our statutory loss before 
tax for the year of (£26.3) million reflects this 
restricted trading period, whereas the prior 
year loss before tax includes a significant 
exceptional impairment taken during the start 
of the COVID pandemic. Adjusted1 EBITDA, 
our preferred KPI, is significantly impacted  
by IFRS 16 and thus the Directors believe that 
business progress is best measured by the 
directly comparable IAS 17 Alternative 
Performance Measures3 (“APM”) measure  
of adjusted1 EBITDA which was (£12.0) million 
(2020: £0.1 million). Due to the operational 
leverage in the business, the full year 
adjusted1 EBITDA performance was severely 
impacted by the multiple lockdowns and 
ongoing restrictions.

When free to trade without the imposed 
COVID restrictions, we are a highly cash 
generative business. We secured £20.0 million 
of Coronavirus Large Business Interruption 
Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) term loans in FY21,  
as well as £34.0 million from the net proceeds 
of the two equity fundraisings. 

These funds have been used to de-lever the 
business and as at the year-end the Group  
had net bank debt of £3.6 million compared  
to £22.0 million at the end of FY20. As at today, 
the Group has cash in bank less all drawings 
on the RCF and CLBILS (“net cash”) position  
of £4.6 million.
Our Board

As announced in the previous Annual Report, 
at the FY20 AGM on 22 December 2020,  
Mike Foster retired from the Board as Chief 
Financial Officer. On the same day, Danielle 
Davies was appointed to the Board in his place 
as Chief Financial Officer. The Board continues 
to demonstrate significant commitment to the 
business over the last 20 months dealing with 
the consequences of COVID and to review and 
ratify many of the difficult decisions made by 
the senior management team and to provide  
a sounding board and support to the Executive 
Directors given the unprecedented situation. 
The Board also showed strong leadership and 
empathy for the difficulties that COVID has 
caused for most of the Group’s workforce by 
agreeing to various waived reductions in salary 
throughout the pandemic, until trading could 
begin in earnest in May 2021.

Our team members
At the end of the reporting period, the Group 
employed around 2,500 people, all of whom 
strive to provide the outstanding guest 
experience that is at the heart of our strategy. 
FY21 has been a year like no other in terms  
of the challenges our team members at every 
level of the business have faced and I must 
pay tribute to their resilience throughout the 
lockdown period, their enthusiasm towards 
returning to work under extremely difficult 
operating conditions, and for their whole-
hearted support of the management team  
in the face of some very difficult actions 
necessary to safeguard the business. I must 
also pay tribute to the senior management 
team and indeed all levels of management 
who have had to adapt to very different  
ways of operating and leading and having  
to deal with many matters they could not  
have contemplated 20 months ago. 

revenue £m

2021

2020

£39.4m

Net bank debt

£3.6m

2020: £22.0M

£110.1m

Our Future
Overall like-for-like2 (“LFL”) revenue generated 
in FY22 since 19 July, when restrictions fully 
relaxed in England, is up 14% on the equivalent 
period in FY20 (the last equivalent normal 
trading period). Total revenue in the year  
to date is also 137% of the full-year revenue 
generated in FY21. We are so pleased to see  
a LFL2 increase as a reflection of both the 
pent-up demand in our young customer base, 
but also as a direct result of the time and 
investment which management has given  
to driving our customer offering and ensuring 
we offer a safe and fun environment where 
guests can enjoy amazing experiences.  
As at 15 November 2021 we are also pleased  
to report a net cash position of £4.6 million.  
We continue to operate cautiously, aware  
that the risk of COVID has not yet vanished, 
but continue to be pleasantly satisfied with  
the return to normal trading.

The Financial Review provides information  
on liquidity and going concern, and also the 
full going concern disclosures, which include 
references to material uncertainty, can be 
found in note 1.

I cannot end my report without my sincere 
thanks to our two Executive Directors,  
Rob and Danielle. Throughout the darkest 
days, their enthusiasm and motivation never 
waivered and in addition to keeping all the 
staff involved and engaged they have 
managed to complete two equity fundraisings 
and a CVA, whilst at the same time led from 
the front by taking large salary reductions.  
I must also thank my colleagues Jemima  
and Will for their support and dedication 
throughout the very many Board meetings  
to accomplish all of the above.

We have clearly made a good start to the year, 
although given the uncertainty in the market it 
remains difficult to forecast customer demand.

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

Keith Edelman
Non-Executive Chairman

15 November 2021

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

GROSS MARGIN £m

APM3 adjusted EBITDA (loss)

£28.1m

2021

2020

(£12.0m)

2020: £0.1M

£83.5m

1  Adjusted performance measures exclude 

exceptional items, share-based payment charges 
and bar opening costs

2 

Like-for-like (LFL) sales are same site sales defined 
as sales at only those venues that traded in the same 
week in both the current year and comparative 
reporting periods

3   APM refers to Alternative Performance Measure 
being measures reported on an IAS 17 basis

 
 
 
 
4 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

AT A GLANCE

two premium brands

drinks

food

Entertainment

A wide range of premium cocktails  
and vodka focused drinks 

Signature pizzas and burgers 
supported by delicious  
grazing dishes

Delivering the party spirit since 1996, 
the best place to celebrate any 
occasion with our amazing DJs

Rum-led cocktails and Latin 
American inspired drinks

Cuban and Latin American inspired 
tapas focused food menu

Authentic live Latin music  
and dance productions

INVESTMENT 

Our talented management  
team are focused on our strategy 
and core strengths are beginning 
to yield results.

Management is ready to drive the trading performance, refurbishments, 
expansion of the estate, and exciting new brands. Recent fundraising 
allows the Group to accelerate the refurb programme.

Two Exciting 
premium brands

Revolution has been delivering  
the party spirit since 1996 and 
continues to be famed for creating 
fun and memorable experiences

Revolución de Cuba brand presents 
relatively high barriers to entry and 
delivers a highly differentiated offer 
in the marketplace

Exciting introduction of a further 
two new brands:

• 

• 

 Founders & Co. – an eclectic  
mix of independent food 
vendors, makers, sellers, and 
creators all under one roof

 Our exciting fourth concept  
– a competitive socialising 
concept with a nostalgic nod  
to the games found at a British 
seaside pier coupled with 
amazing pizza and cocktails

Read more on page 4

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 5

venues across the uk

Our first Revolution bar opened 
in Manchester in 1996, and now 
we have 48 bars across the UK.

Our first Revolución de Cuba 
bar opened in Sheffield in 2011, 
and we now operate 18 bars 
across the UK.

We opened our first Founders  
& Co. in Swansea in June 2021.

7  Scotland 
12 North-East 
11  North-West 
12 Midlands 
3  Wales 
13 South-East 
8  South-West 
1 

 Northern Ireland*

18

1

67Total venues

49

Revolution
Revolución de Cuba
Founders & Co

* 

Revolución de Cuba only in Northern Ireland

Clear strategy 
in place

Building guest loyalty

Driving sustained  
profit improvement

Developing and expanding  
our estate

Investing in:

•  Our teams

•  Our brands

•  Our estate

The right 
team and strong 
culture

Experienced Executive team 
empowered by the Board to 
maximise trading post COVID-19

Purpose, Vision and  
Values embedded throughout  
the businesses

Focus on safeguarding  
our colleagues and guests

Engaging our 3,000-strong 
passionate team

Attracting new talent and  
new thinking

Financially 
well structured

Strong cash generation

Significantly improved liquidity from 
increased debt financing, including 
£20.0 million Coronavirus Large 
Business Interruption Loan Scheme 
(CLBILS) loan and £34.0 million  
of net equity fundraises

Debt target to below one times 
APM (IAS 17) adjusted EBITDA

Read more on pages 14 to 17

Read more on pages 32 to 35

Read more on pages 20 to 23

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
6 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

COVID-19

After months of uncertainty and 
restrictions, we’ve finally brought 
the party back!

The last year has allowed Management time to consolidate and focus  
on strategy. Now restrictions are lifted, we are excited to see pent-up 
demand bringing our guests back to us in numbers that have exceeded  
our expectations.

A Summer of trade
Gradual reopening of our bars from  
July to September. Although heavy 
restrictions reduced capacity, we traded 
well when allowed to do so. Aided by the 
newly developed App and Order and  
Pay at table facility which allowed a safe 
environment for our guests and teams. 

Investing in our 
guest experience
The Group focused efforts on online  
trade to counter periods of closure and  
for those guests not ready to return to 
bars. Live DJ sets operated on social 
media, and we took Revolución de Cuba 
into people’s homes with the development 
of our online product offering and  
cocktail masterclasses. 

Preparing to reopen our doors
The majority of landlord deals now 
concluded, making cash rent savings  
of £6.0 million across the estate. With the 
announcement of trading commencing 
from April 2021, the Group saw huge 
pent-up demand and increases in 
bookings in advance of reopening our 
doors. We continued to communicate 
virtually with our colleagues on a regular 
basis in advance of returning to work.

Q1 2020/21 
JULY

AUG

SEPT

Q2 2020/21 
OCT

NOV

DEC

Q3 2020/21 
JAN

FEB

MAR

Cautious reopening over Summer
•  Reopening of hospitality from  

Various trading conditions
•  CVA announced and concluded 

4 July 2020

•  Eat Out to Help Out aided recovery

•  £15.0 million gross, £14.1 million  

net, fundraising achieved and delist  
to AIM

resulting in exit of six loss-making  
bars and various other rent reductions 
across remaining estate

•  Curfews, varying tiers of restrictions, 
second lockdown from 5 November, 
and all bars closed by 31 December, 
thereby missing NYE trading

•  Continued focus on our online 
offering and guest experience

The third Lockdown
•  Third lockdown for over three months 
from 6 January 2021 until we could 
reopen outdoor spaces, and over  
four months before indoor trading

•  Continued cost reduction focus  

whilst not trading, making sensible 
and fair agreements with suppliers

•  Management took this time  

to consolidate plans and work  
on two new brands

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

7

The second Fundraising
The Group raised gross £21.0 million,  
net £19.9 million, to refocus energies  
on deleveraging the business, accelerate 
its existing site refurbishment programme 
and to take advantage of favourable 
market conditions for estate expansion.

Bringing the party back
With the end of social distancing,  
the Group fully reopened for late-night 
trading, vertical drinking, live music  
and dancing. A pleasing performance 
across our bars is seen due to the hard 
work done to refine and enhance our 
brand, together with the excitement  
our guests feel to finally be allowed  
to enjoy themselves.

Return of students
September saw the return of students 
and the exciting, high-energy events  
that Revolution is known for offering.  
With continued positive custom,  
the Group was very pleased to  
exceed the total revenue of FY21  
after 14 weeks of trading in FY22.

Q4 2020/21 
APR

MAY

JUN

Q1 2021/22 
JULY

AUG

SEPT

Q2 2021/22 
OCT

NOV

DEC

A return to trading
•  A second fundraising is achieved  
of net £19.9 million, and further  
£3.5 million CLBILS loan secured

Release of restrictions
•  Social distancing restrictions in 

England relaxed from 19 July allowing 
the party to really get started

Cautiously optimistic
•  After 14 weeks of trading in FY22,  
the Group exceeds total revenue 
generated in the entirety of FY21

•  Outdoor trading in England restarts 

•  Gradual releasing of devolved  

•  Launch of new exciting fourth concept 

from 12 April and indoors from 17 May

nation’s restrictions

•  Full release of restrictions in England 
delayed from 21 June to 19 July, and 
new brand Founders & Co. prepares 
to open

•  End of the Coronavirus Job  

Retention Scheme

in Northampton, a competitive 
socialising concept coupled with 
amazing pizzas and cocktails

•  Looking forwards to continued  

normal trading and offering our guests 
fun and memorable experiences

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview8 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

BUSINESS

Our business model is built on solid foundations that are 
enabling us to recover quickly from the COVID-19 disruption.

Leveraging our sources  
of competitive advantage

Creating value from our  
customer proposition

Two established and recognised brands
•  Revolution and Revolución de Cuba, both of which are 

synonymous with a fun night out

•  Two new brands, Founders & Co. and our fourth concept

New brands launched

2

Improved estate quality
•  Leases of six sites exited through CVA process  

in the period, and a further two loss-making sites  
also surrendered

Sites exited in the year

8

Experienced team and skilled staff
•  Highly experienced and dedicated Executive team 

empowered by the Board to reposition business during  
the COVID-19 period and drive the business forwards  
now conditions allow

Employees at period-end

2,495

Strong financial structure
•  Two fundraisings securing £34.0 million net cash,  

and strong cash generation after reopening

VENUES

VENUES

FOOD

FOOD

ENTERTAINMENT 
AND ENERGY

ENTERTAINMENT 
AND ENERGY

Net bank debt at year-end

£3.6m

Maximising  
value

1
Strong expansion 
strategy

See page 5

2
Embedded  
values

See page 26

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

9

Creating value from our  

customer proposition

Sharing value with  
our stakeholders

Guests
•  Fun and safe night out for our predominantly  

female guests

Percentage of our colleagues under 30

72%

VENUES
Large, characterful spaces

DRINKS
Two thirds of drinks  
sales from cocktails  
and spirits

Colleagues
•  Rewarding roles, with opportunities for advancement

Percentage of our people who feel the Group  
has an inclusive culture

DRINKSDRINKS

86%

ENTERTAINMENT 
AND ENERGY
Live music, DJs  
and entertainers

Shareholders
•  Exceeded FY21 total revenue after first 14 weeks  

of FY22, and business is currently in net cash position

Net cash as at 15 November 2021

£4.6M

ENTERTAINMENT 

AND ENERGY

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

FOOD
All-day menus that  
are both delicious and 
Instagram worthy

Communities
•  Vibrant bars and job opportunities at the heart  

of communities

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Locations

67

3
Robust risk 
management

See page 18

4
Sound  
governance

See page 36

 
 
 
 
10 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S

During the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021, our 
business has traded as well as we could have 
expected in the face of the enforced restrictions.

Business review

During the 53 weeks ended 3 July 
2021, our business has traded as  
well as we could have expected in  
the face of the enforced restrictions, 
although this has in no way been  
a reflection of the true performance 
we can deliver when allowed to do  
so without restrictions. The Group  
has been unable to trade for 47%  
of the year, with varying restrictions  
in place for the remainder of the year.

Despite this significant impact on  
our business, I am very proud of  
the performance and perseverance 
displayed by our colleagues during  
the periods of trading. COVID-19 
(“COVID”) has had a significant impact 
on city centre late-night hospitality, 
which has been disproportionately 
disadvantaged by Government 
messaging and restrictions. This 
includes the instructions, at various 
times during the pandemic, to work 
from home, curfews, Rule of 6, social 
distancing, and to avoid the use of 
public transport wherever possible.

The Group has had to endure varying abilities 
to trade; the financial year began relatively 
positively with the phased reopening of our 
bars from 6 July 2020, after the first lockdown, 
further enhanced by the Government’s  
“Eat Out to Help Out” campaign. Despite this, 
summer trading was severely impacted by 
COVID restrictions, with the table-service-only 
instruction affecting our ability to operate our 
bars to normal capacity levels, trade the late 
hours our guests are accustomed to, and 
provide guests with the fun experiences they 
know and love us for.

After relatively stable, yet challenging,  
trading conditions in the summer the Group 
faced further unprecedented constantly 
changing restrictions, with a further lockdown 
in November, and highly restricted trading  
in December. Understanding and adapting 
quickly to the latest Government guidance, 
and ensuring a high level of safety for our 
teams and guests, has been of the utmost 
importance to management during the year.

The second half of the year began with  
a 14-week third lockdown, lasting until outdoor 
trading was allowed in England from 12 April 
2021 when we were pleased to open 20 bars. 
This followed with indoor trading, still under 
restrictions, from 17 May 2021 when we had  
63 bars from our portfolio open and trading. 
After this, the Group looked forward to a return 
to normal trading on 21 June 2021 and was 
disappointed to learn of the delay to “freedom 
day” until 19 July 2021. The challenges faced, 
and trading levels seen, with varying rules  
and restrictions has been exacerbated by  
the differing home nation rules, with highly 
disproportionate trading between the home 
nations as a direct result of the ongoing 
restrictions following the third lockdown  
in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

Aside from keeping on top of the ever-
changing landscape, our priority has been to 
put people first. The safety of our colleagues 
and guests is paramount and we have taken 
all measures possible, from ensuring our bars 
met the highest safety standards, to a cautious 
approach to reopening, including choosing 
not to reopen on Saturday 4 July 2020 as the 
Board considered that a potentially very busy 
Saturday was not the right environment to 
open in the best interest of our colleagues.

Despite up to 98.5% of our colleagues being 
on furlough at times through the lockdowns, 
team engagement has increased with the 
introduction of regular virtual team briefings 
ensuring all our colleagues are kept abreast  
of developments. We also ensured all 
colleagues had pre-opening refresher training 
where relevant to deliver the standards our 
guests expect, but most importantly to ensure 
people felt comfortable and ready to return. 
Following the announcement of the roadmap, 
we were really excited to host a virtual 
“Welcome home party” for all our colleagues 
where we could explain our plans and 
strategies, and reinvigorate them for an 
exciting return to the bars.

To ensure the continued success of the  
Group, Management has also focussed on 
financial strength for relaunching the business. 
Within the financial year, the Group secured 
£20.0 million of Coronavirus Large Business 
Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) term 
loans, and achieved a total net fundraising 
(across two fundraisings) of £34.0 million. 
These funds have been used to pay down  
the existing Revolving Credit Facility, and we 
end the financial period with a strong balance 
sheet with net bank debt of £3.6 million (2020: 
£22.0 million). Today the Group has a net cash 
position of £4.6 million. This provides us with  
a solid platform to relaunch the business and 
focus on starting to grow.

I am very proud of the performance and 
perserverence displayed by our colleagues 
during the periods of trading.”

Rob Pitcher, Chief Executive Officer

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

11

Strategic priorities

The strategic priorities set for FY21 are making great progress, despite the distraction of COVID, with some of the 
highlights set out below:

Investing in our team:

•  created a new immersive induction scheme, 
launched in time for reopening, so all our 
new colleagues could enjoy the benefit;

•  after the challenges of COVID and furlough, 
a mass recruitment drive increased our 
team from approximately 2,000 at the point 
of reopening for outdoor trading in April 
2021, to 2,500 by the beginning of July 
2021, and to over 2,900 by August 2021;

• 

“Set for Success” Management team 
restructure implemented to ensure  
we can deliver our strategy effectively;

•  Diversity and Inclusion (“D&I”) champions 
recruited from across the entire workforce 
to set up a new D&I  advisory Board;

•  collaboration with “Wiser”, to formulate  

our long-term D&I strategy;

•  Partnered with “So Let’s Talk” enabling  
the provision of education, events,  
training and activities on all aspects  
of mental, physical and financial health 
relevant to the hospitality industry; and

•  a virtual “Welcome home party”  
to reinvigorate and engage our  
colleagues prior to reopening.

Group strategic objectives

Investing in our brands  
and guest experience:

•  a major focus on our digital capabilities,  
the urgency for which became much 
greater in order to operate effectively  
under the imposed COVID restrictions. 
Building on the success seen in FY20,  
the Revolution App now has 923,000 
registered users, up from 230,000  
in February 2020, and we’ve seen over  
90% of all sales made at times via the  
App when open;

• 

increased focus on meaningful online 
interactions via social media such as  
online cocktail masterclasses, live DJ  
sets, exercise classes and yoga tutorials;

•  over 1,300 bottles of our Revolution 

Flavoured vodkas sold via our online  
shop in the year; and

•  development of our competitive socialising 

concept, ready for launch in H1 FY22.

• 

Investing in our estate:

•  one new opening, completed in FY21  
H2, with the launch of our new brand, 
Founders & Co., in Swansea. This  
brand offers artisanal food from local 
entrepreneurs, gifts and homewares from 
our emporium, a co-working coffee shop 
space, an off-licence, plus a range of 
hand-crafted cocktails in a marketplace 
style venue. Delivering a safe and fun 
environment for likeminded groups and 
families across the entire day and evening;

•  one refurbishment delivered in FY21 H2  

at our busiest bar, Manchester Revolución 
de Cuba, ensuring it was primed and  
ready for reopening;

•  all other planned refurbishments  

were halted to protect liquidity through  
closure periods, but essential repairs  
and maintenance work continued to  
allow a successful estate relaunch;

the most recent June 2021 fundraising 
allows the business to refocus on growth 
and refurbishments, and an accelerated 
refurbishment programme started in FY22 
H1 has already delivered refurbishments  
at 3 Revolution bars. It has also allowed  
us to build our new site pipeline with 
confidence; and

•  a real drive forwards in our sustainability 
programme, winning a prestigious  
Green Apple Award for Environmental  
Best Practice, recognising the great 
achievements accomplished so far  
in energy and waste reduction.

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

Our three strategic objectives are now more relevant than ever; these being:
 Driving sustained 

1 

 Building  
guest loyalty 

2 

profit improvement 3 

  Development  
of our estate

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Number of users  
of the Revolution App

923,000

Expected new sites across FY22 
and FY23

8

New brands launched in 2021

Refurbishments in FY22 so far

2

3

These three pillars continue to be our guiding 
principles and drive our long-term decision-
making. Our three-year plan, mapped out over 
two years ago, made clear that our initial focus 
was on the first two objectives but suggested 
that we expected to be able to start planning 
for estate expansion at the end of FY20. Whilst 
the disruption caused by COVID has set back 
our timescales for expansion, we believe that 
post COVID, our market place and the 
competitive landscape will be fundamentally 
different and there will be good opportunities 
for our brands to expand their estates at  
a much lower level of investment.

 
 
 
 
12 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S

Strategic priorities for FY22
COVID has continued to dominate the 
strategic direction of the Group in FY21; 
necessarily our day to day actions have 
focused on adapting our operations in 
accordance with the constantly changing 
rules and guidance issued by the various  
UK statutory authorities. Our priorities remain 
the health and safety of all our colleagues 
and guests, ensuring that we can trade  
viably and are doing everything possible  
to safeguard the future of the business.

We have come out of the pandemic stronger 
than ever, and our equity fundraisings and 
current net cash position provide a solid 
platform on which to grow the business.  
We are evolving our two core brands, with 
stronger propositions following increased 
focus during lockdowns, and are so excited  
to see our two new brands come to fruition. 
Founders & Co. launched at the very end of 
FY21, and we’ve been pleased to see positive 
feedback and performance, and we will be 
launching the second new brand in FY22 H1,  
a competitive socialising concept with a 
nostalgic nod to the games found at a British 
seaside pier coupled with amazing pizza  
and cocktails. Management is also actively 
seeking good value acquisition opportunities,  
whether that be single sites or small groups.

With these exciting plans and focus for  
FY22, we remain committed to the following 
strategic priorities in FY22:

Investing in our team:
•  health & wellness partnerships established 
to build on mental health first aid training;

• 

remapping and reinvigorating the  
career paths for both front-of-house and 
back-of-house team members including 
the development of our apprenticeships 
programme;

•  progressive approach to moving away from 
being a national minimum wage employer;

•  huge focus on D&I at the 2021 conference, 
introducing the “Inclusion Revolution”  
– our quest to be the place where 
everyone wants to be through an even 
more diverse and inclusive business; and

• 

further training and education for 
colleagues in collaboration with our 
Wellbeing partners. 

Investing in our brands  
and guest experience:

• 

• 

introduction of a new guest feedback 
platform, “Feed It Back”, to harness even 
greater insights from our guests allowing 
us to deliver the excellent experiences  
they expect;

refining the customer service journey 
through further development of Order  
& Pay at table to relieve the ongoing 

challenges of queuing at the bar, and allow 
a smoother guest experience;

•  maximising our market-leading position  
for hosting the biggest party on the high 
street at Revolution;

•  capitalising on the demand for live music 
with the continued development of this 
Revolución de Cuba fame-point; and

•  maximise the return-to-the-office 

opportunity through our corporate  
sales team. 

Investing in our estate:

• 

recent fundraisings have allowed  
a returned focus on growth and new  
site acquisition, with planned delivery  
of eight new sites across the next two 
financial years, expecting the majority  
to be delivered in FY23;

• 

launching our competitive socialising 
brand, trial site to open in November 2021;

•  delivery of our largest single year 

refurbishment plan, comprising 19 sites;

•  assessment of value-accretive acquisition 

opportunities; and

• 

implementation of the RBG Sustainability 
Charter, recently becoming the UK’s first 
bar group to commit to Science-Based 
Targets to achieve Net Zero before 2030.

Market outlook
Following the delay to “freedom day”, the 
Group is now enjoying largely unrestricted 
trading and getting back to what it does  
best. We continue to be comforted by the 
successful vaccine rollout, with 80% of the 
adult population now with two doeses, which 
is well above initial Government expectations. 
Our young guest base are at the lowest  
risk of becoming seriously ill, and because  
of this we continue to see their excitement  
and enthusiasm to party resulting in full  
bars and very strong trading.

As a result of the successful vaccine rollout, 
we see vaccine passports as an unnecessary 
administrative burden on businesses that  
will not have a significant positive impact  
on increased health outcomes. We hope  
the Government recognises the challenges 
the Hospitality industry has faced in the last 
20 months, and that the economy cannot take 
another lockdown. We are at a point where we 
are so excited to be open and trading, seeing 
our guests enjoying themselves – COVID is 
now something we have to live with and we 
should not go back to further lockdowns or 
significant restrictions. In a normal year we 
generate approximately £48.0 million in 
taxation and duty for the Government, which 
amounts to over 40% of normal sales.  

The Government should be mindful of  
the amount of tax revenue generated for  
the Exchequer by bar companies such as 
Revolution and the wider Hospitality sector 
which would be lost as a result of the 
imposition of future lockdowns or restrictions.

The UK Government must recognise the 
urgent need to introduce business rates 
reform; UKHospitality estimates the Hospitality 
industry overpays £2.4bn each year; following 
the pandemic, which hit the Hospitality 
industry particularly hard, there is undue 
pressure and expense on heavily indebted 
businesses who are trying to rebuild. UK high 
streets are seeing the effects of the dated  
and inefficient system, causing serious unjust 
imbalances in the rates businesses are paying. 
We recognise an online sales tax could be 
hard to implement, but just because 
something is difficult doesn’t mean it shouldn’t 
happen, and we would welcome any reform 
which alleviates the very serious problem 
causing undue burden and expense.

The Hospitality industry provides a safe  
and fun environment which brings people 
together; the importance of human 
connections on mental health are more 
important now than ever, after prolonged 
periods of isolation. We love nothing more 
than seeing our guests coming back to us, 

reconnecting with friends and family alike,  
and making sure we’re the place where 
everyone wants to be. It is clear that our young 
guest base are out in force and making up for 
lost time; they need to be free to live their lives 
as those in previous generations have been. 
This is against the challenging backdrop of  
the reopening of hospitality, where there is a 
shortage of available workforce and input cost 
pressures across the supply chain. We would 
encourage the Government to maintain the 
current reduced VAT of 12.5% for non-alcohol 
beverages and food.

Current Trading
We were very disappointed with the delay to 
“freedom day” from 21 June to 19 July 2021, as 
we recognised our young guests’ desperation 
to be allowed out for late-night events, vertical 
drinking, dancing and having a party. The delay 
further drove demand, and upon the release  
of restrictions we’ve been very pleased to  
see sales have exceeded our expectations.  
In the first 14 weeks of FY22 we have already 
generated more revenue than during the whole 
of FY21. Our bars are predominantly city centre 
based, and the whole UK has seen city centres 
fill with young people ready to get on with their 
lives, and we’re delighted that many of them are 
celebrating in our bars. Please reference the 
going concern disclosures for information  

Welcome Home Party

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

13

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

Our Team
The last 20 months, dealing with COVID and 
the related fall-out in terms of its impact on  
our business and the many difficult decisions  
we have had to make to safeguard its future,  
has been an immense challenge for all our 
colleagues. Throughout this period, I have 
been amazed and uplifted by unsolicited 
feedback and support from our team members 
acknowledging the efforts and achievements 
of the senior team to keep the Revolution Bars 
Group family together and their generosity  
of spirit in dealing with those very difficult 
decisions and the circumstances generally,  
and I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank all our colleagues. I feel very proud and 
very fortunate to lead such a great team and 
continue to recognise the ongoing challenges 
our people face operating in the current 
environment.

Rob Pitcher
Chief Executive Officer

15 November 2021 

on liquidity, which include references  
to material uncertainty, in note 1.

which we have previously been unable  
to accommodate.

As previously mentioned, the difference in 
restrictions between the home nations has 
caused highly differing trading conditions  
and results; we are particularly disappointed 
with the approach taken with Scotland and 
Northern Ireland which has maintained 
significant restrictions far longer than England 
and Wales. The introduction of vaccine 
passports in Scotland and Wales is extremely 
disappointing and is this year’s version of 
“needing to eat a scotch egg to drink a pint in 
a pub”. However, restrictions on foreign travel 
have been beneficial to us with most people 
staying in the UK for a “staycation”; we offer  
a fun environment where people can enjoy  
a brunch with friends, a lunch with colleagues, 
a family dinner, or a full night out and because 
of this all-day offering we’ve benefitted from 
people staying in the UK for their holidays.

Alongside Christmas, the return of students 
from September is one of the most valuable 
trading periods of the year. After months of 
online study, young students are out enjoying 
themselves and have returned to university 
towns. We ensured a strong student offering, 
with appropriate marketing and promotional 
strategies to encourage them into our bars. 
Christmas bookings have been building more 
slowly than we would normally expect, which 
we believe is due to a level of uncertainty 
around the “return to office” and the UK 
Government COVID autumn and winter plan; 
this leads us to believe the shape of Christmas 
trading will be different, including smaller 
parties and much higher levels of walk-ins 

Following the return to trading from 12 April 
2021, we have faced the same challenges  
as the rest of the Hospitality sector with team 
member recruitment, supply chain issues  
and industry cost pressures including utilities, 
and are mitigating these challenges wherever 
possible. Utility rates are largely fixed until 
April 2023. Notwithstanding these challenges, 
we are pleased to have built our team back  
up from approximately 2,000 at the point of 
reopening for outdoor trading in April 2021,  
to over 3,000 by November 2021. We are 
proud to continue attracting a high-quality, 
dedicated and diverse workforce, providing 
rewarding jobs for young adults to start  
their careers.

We have also been very proud of the launch  
of our third brand, Founders & Co. The new 
venture, in Swansea, has been performing  
well so far and receiving positive guest 
feedback. We are building a great business  
in partnership with our Founders, the food 
traders we collaborate with, and continue  
to offer a variety of events and reasons for  
our guests to keep returning. The test site for 
our fourth brand will open in November 2021, 
offering a competitive socialising experience, 
and we couldn’t be more excited to see our 
guests reaction to this new offering.

We are very pleased with the advancements  
in brand offerings, D&I, sustainability and the 
guest journey furthered in the year. We are 
seeing the results of this, with guests enjoying 
themselves in our bars, which adds further 
confidence in the full year outlook.

welcome home party

On 14 May 2021 the entire Group  
got together virtually for our Welcome  
Home Party.

Bar staff and Support Centre alike met  
(socially distanced, of course!) in their local 
bars to view Rob Pitcher and the rest of the 
Exec team deliver key messages and get 
everyone in the party spirit before reopening 
our internal spaces on 17 May 2021.

Confidence in leadership

79%

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
14 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGIC

Strong delivery when allowed to trade, and advancement  
of customer proposition strategy. Cost reductions and 
fundraisings allowing the Group to come out of COVID-19 
with a strong cash position for future investment in new  
sites and refurbishments. 

FY21 Strategic priorities

Invest in our team,  
our brands and guest 
experience and our  
core estate

Net bank debt reduction 
targeting below one times 
APM (IAS 17) adjusted 
EBITDA

Deliver workstreams

The Group has faced unprecedented 
trading conditions over the last year 
but it has been really exciting to see  
an excellent return to positive trading 
since the release of social distancing 
restrictions on 19 July 2021, with the 
return of partying, vertical drinking 
and dancing.
During periods of closure or reduced trade, 
Management has taken the opportunity  
to focus on cost reduction and cash liquidity 
through ongoing negotiations with suppliers 
and landlords, securing a total of £20.0 million 

of CLBILS loans, and achieving a total gross 
proceeds via fundraisings of £36.0 million 
(£34.0 million net). This funding has allowed the 
business to come out of COVID-19 with a level 
of net bank debt not seen since before the 
pandemic, and places the Group in an excellent 
position to further an enhanced refurbishment 
plan and take advantage of favourable market 
conditions for estate expansion.

The Group is pleased to see a return to the 
late-night trading, which it has historically 
been known for. However, COVID-19 gave the 
Group the opportunity to focus on building 

daytime trade through greater emphasis  
on food and brunch offerings. Customer 
feedback has been very encouraging, and 
since reopening for trade in April 2021 we 
have seen an increase in daytime guest visits 
and sales. This, coupled with the excitement  
of late-night trade, has allowed the Group  
to come out of the pandemic in a stronger 
trading position than ever and we’re very 
excited to continue to grow.

Customer proposition

Workstream
•  Female customer at heart  
of both our major brand 
propositions; focus on  
clean, well-maintained,  
safe environments

•  Focus on online offerings and 
marketing – Cocktail Making, 
virtual entertainment

Progress
•  Bottomless Brunch bookings 
seeing increased popularity  
in shift to daytime trade

•  Friday evening guided rum 

tastings provided by leading 
brand ambassadors for up  
to 500 people at a time

•  New Revolution food menu 
launched August 2021

KPIs
•  4.5 feedback rating in 
Revolution (FY20: 4.5)  
and Revolución de Cuba  
at 4.3 (FY20: 4.4)

•  240 new events launched 
prior to onset of COVID

Next Steps
•  Maintain high level of 

feedback response both 
centrally and at our bars

•  Finding more ways of 
delivering what our 
customers want

•  Continue innovating and 

refreshing our drinks offer  
by working with key  
brand owners

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

15

Team engagement

Workstream
•  Training available to all staff

•  Encouragement for all staff  
to live and breathe fun into  
their jobs

•  Bringing our teams back  

to work safely

•  Regular updates to all team 

members throughout lockdown, 
including those on furlough

Digital journey

Workstream
•  New App features to  

enhance customer loyalty

•  New Party Booking and 
management system

•  Revamped music offerings  

in all our bars

Sales generation

Workstream
•  Focus on daytime  

offerings like food, brunch  
and themed events

•  Reduced level of discounts 
given lower footfall and 
operating capacity reductions 
to protect margin

•  Selling fun times and happy, 
memorable experiences

Cost Leadership

Workstream
•  Re-engineered menus  

with focus on cost-effective 
products to improve margin  
and improve speed of service

•  Partnering with cost reduction 
specialist incentivised to  
reduce costs on all non-resale 
product spend

•  Support from suppliers in 

challenging market conditions

Estate development

Workstream
•  Continued focus during 
2020/21 on exiting 
underperforming sites

• 

Investment in making bars 
COVID-safe to ensure customer 
confidence on reopening  
post lockdown

•  Rent reductions via 

negotiations with landlords

Progress
•  Collaborating to further  
both our Wellbeing and  
D&I agendas

KPIs
•  Digital “Welcome Home” 
party before indoor 
reopening in May 2021

•  Continued utilistion of our 

• 

Quality of Life survey across 
all colleagues

•  New D&I Board represented 
across entire workforce

“Rob’s Recaps” newsletter 
launched and released 
every month with updates 
and good news

•  New employee food  

menu for teams on shift

•  Virtual communication 
sessions for site and  
support office

Next Steps
•  Continued support of our 
venue-based staff to help 
them deliver an amazing 
customer experience

•  Further development  
around our employee 
welfare, and diversity  
and inclusion policies

Progress
•  Over 923,000 registered 
downloads of the App  
since launch

•  Order and pay at table  

via the App

KPIs
•  Over 90% of sales made  

Next Steps
•  Continued development  

via the App since reopening

of the Apps

•  Over 80% of bookings  
are made via our  
booking system

•  Further use of technology in 
delivering customer journey

•  Online sales from cocktail  
kits and masterclasses

•  Over 1.2 million followers  

on Social Media

Progress
•  Cocktail “make at home”  
kits delivered through 
lockdowns

•  Menu adaption and  

changes in bar ergonomics  
to drive sales

• 

Increased personalisation  
of goods, including birthday 
Revolution Flavour and  
Ciroc Vodka

KPIs
•  At issue of report, 

like-for-like sales since 
19 July 2021 were up  
14% on FY20

•  Over 1,000 bottles of  
our famous Revolution 
Flavour delivered  
to people’s homes

•  Revolution’s 25th and 
Revolución de Cuba’s  
10th birthdays this year

•  New Revolution food  
menu with increased  
focus on vegan offering

Next Steps
•  Cocktail Masterclasses 

offered direct to your table

•  Relaunch of high-energy 
entertainment packages 
(Saturday X and Saturday Y) 
when late-night trading was 
allowed to resume

•  Focus on profit generation 
during peak evening trade

Progress
• 

19% reduction in energy 
usage since 2017

•  Effective use of Government 
support including furlough 
and grants

•  Restructure of Support  

Centre teams for maximum 
efficiency and right people  
in the right place

KPIs
•  Cash burn rate reduced  

to £0.4M per week during 
lockdown, including rent

•  Significant cash savings 

through payment holidays 
and suspension of 
contracts through lockdown

Next Steps
•  Ongoing focus on how  
to minimise the impact  
from National Living  
Wage increases

•  Continued process 

simplification and increased 
speed of service

•  Zero Heroes in all our bars 
pushing sustainability and 
energy reductions

•  Focus on maximisation  

of App sales and efficiency  
of product delivery

Progress
•  Realigned property team  

KPIs
•  3 bars already refurbished 

to best address key focuses 
and focus on refurbishments

•  Significant investment  

in PPE, screens, sanitiser, 
signage, all making a 
COVID-safe environment  
for staff and customers

•  Company Voluntary 
Agreement (CVA) for 
Revolution Bars Limited 
completed

in FY22

•  Two loss-making leases 
surrendered during the 
period

•  CVA – exiting further six 
underperforming bars

•  Total cash rent savings 

across the estate since start 
of COVID-19 of £6.0 million

Next Steps
•  Using fundraising funds  
to launch enhanced 
refurbishment scheme

•  Ready to take advantage of 

favourable market conditions 
for estate expansion

•  Ongoing negotiations with 
landlords for continued 
improved rental terms

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview16 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STRATEGY IN

Investment in our 
customer 
experience

In a world increasingly focused on 
digital entertainment, we recognise 
that when people get together they 
expect something extraordinary.  
Our vision is to be the place where 
everyone wants to be, and the way  
to achieve that is offering truly  
exciting experiences, and a fun and  
safe environment, to our guests.

CUSTOMER PROPOSITION strategies

When COVID-19 resulted in the enforced 
closure of our businesses, we took the 
opportunity to prioritise our strategy, ensuring 
we were able to operate in a safe and secure 
environment and be compliant with the 
operating restrictions, as well as preparing for 
the relaxation of restrictions. We significantly 
accelerated our digital offering via the 
development of “Order and Pay at table”,  
the App, and our online booking platform  
for periods of closure, and also enhanced our 
customer in-bar proposition for COVID-safe 
trade through the development of “at table 
Masterclasses” and a focus on queue 
management.

Bring the party back!
•  Exclusive partnerships with our 
favourite suppliers to offer our 
customers something they can’t get 
anywhere else – in celebration of 
Revolution’s 25th birthday we offered 
personalised birthday bottles of Ciroc 
vodka so guests could party with us, 
as well as special birthday editions  
of our very own Revolution Flavour;

• 

recent introduction with Absolut to 
bring guests “Pimp your Pornstar”  
– the ability to upgrade the well-known 
cocktail with your choice of flavour;

•  complete revamp of our music 

offering, taking you from cool daytime 
vibes, live bands after work, to the 
true party-starting bangers at night;

•  going big on Bank holidays – offering 
our customers all day brunching, 
including our new Ibiza Brunch,  
and going on into the night with  
our famous Saturday X events; and

•  our fabulous kitchen staff have 

created some of the tasty treats that 
feature in our new 2021 Revolution 
menu, such as the Crispy Mac ‘N’ 
Cheese Bites by Elliot, our Kitchen 
Manager at Wilmslow, or the Buffalo 
Crispy Chicken Pizza by Drew, our 
Kitchen Manager at Cambridge.

Trading under the new normal
• 

Introduction of our “at table 
Masterclass” via trolley, for use during 
periods of restriction and customers 
more careful about returning to  
our bars. This was also designed  
to accommodate a lower number of 
guests than the at-bar masterclasses, 
opening up new opportunities;

•  analysis of App trends as we move 
back to trade without restrictions. 
Effective queue-at-bar management 
where we can ensure App orders get 
the same focus as in-person orders;

• 

• 

following increased custom in  
daytime trade, we launched our  
new “Revs Afternoon Tea” – not your 
average Afternoon Tea; when we say 
we’ve given your standard tea sippin’ 
session a sprinkle of Revs spice,  
we’ve added the whole jar; and

recognising the increased daytime 
custom means we have a real  
need to maximise on peak evening 
trade through “bottle to table”  
service, new exciting cocktails,  
and entertainment performers.

Happy team happy guests!
•  Following the release of social 

distancing restrictions, bringing back 
our Support Centre Social Committee 
(“SCSC”) – a team of people across 
the core departments who drive fun 
events where our 100-strong Support 
Centre can come together to drive 
relationships, let off some steam, and 
creating synergies between teams 
who might not usually work together;

•  a focus on health and wealth with  

the introduction of our colleague food 
menu. Addressing the requirement  
for healthier and cheaper food options 
for colleagues on shift, available  
at all times;

•  Wellbeing is embedded in our culture, 
and lockdowns have given us the 
opportunity to accelerate our agenda 
by collaborating to provide education, 
events, training and activities on all 
aspects of mental, physical and 
financial health;

•  we created our new Diversity  

& Inclusion Board, committed to 
working together with respect for 
each other at all times and in a truly 
collaborative way; and

•  we also started our Inclusion Survey, 
sent to the entire workforce, to give  
a louder employee voice on the issue.

 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

17

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Following the relaxation of social distancing 
restrictions on 19 July 2021, we have continued 
to monitor customer trends and ensure we’re 
offering the exciting experiences our guests 
want to enjoy. Below are some of our core 
customer proposition strategies and successes 
we are really proud of this year.

Investment
Investment

This year, we celebrated Revolution’s 25th  
and Revolución de Cuba’s 10th birthdays  
in style! Unfortunately, both these massive 
celebrations fell during a lockdown but we 
wanted our guests to celebrate with us, by 
knowing we were there for them and ready  
to party digitally via Live Stream DJ Events  
and celebration masterclasses, whilst also 
ensuring we were ready to reopen our doors, 
welcome our guests and resume the party 
when permitted.

two new business ventures:

Founders & Co.
•  An eclectic food hall based on  
Wind Street, Swansea. Offering  
an all-day venue with a food hall,  
bar and coffee shop;

•  coaching our Partners, we offer  

a supportive environment where  
new and established businesses  
have a home to grow; 

• 

retail space “the Emporium”  
offering up locally sourced goods,  
be it handmade soaps, records, 
plants, local artwork, anything! 
Supporting and celebrating our  
local traders, and offering them  
a place to showcase their talents;

•  a safe, fun environment for workspace 
and events (for humans and doggos 
alike!), we offer a monthly workspace 
subscription to give our guests value 
for money, and host a variety of 
events including Life Drawing, Baby 
Lover group, Creative Writing, Yoga, 
Propagation & Prosecco, and Essential 
Oils Workshops;

• 

the food hall is filled with artisanal 
delights, our bar is stocked with local 
drinks to die for – all created and 
curated by the finest homegrown 
South Wales talent.

Our Exciting fourth concept
•  Your place to thrill, chill, and fill  
on Bridge St., Northampton;

•  bringing you a mix of next-level 
gaming experiences, with pizza  
and an innovative drinks range;

• 

the Gaming area has all the classics 
including Air-hockey, Basketball,  
and Time Crisis, but we’ve levelled-up 
with some high tech showstoppers 
that you just won’t see anywhere else. 
Our giant 10 person raceway steals 
the show…think remote controlled 
Mario Kart, where you’re in the racing 
seat with real pedals and a racing 
steering wheel;

•  a unique bar offering a premium range 
draft cocktails and beers, alongside 
an exciting vending machine range  
to ensure its always quick and easy  
to quench your thirst;

•  New York-inspired giant pizza slices 
are prepared with our 24hr dough 
freshly made in house, and topped 
with the finest ingredients for a truly 
authentic taste. Available by the slice, 
or share a metre with friends.

% of colleagues who feel RBG is 
the place to be

88%
25

Number of years Revolution has 
been bringing the party

 
 
 
 
 
 
18 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

RISK

Risk management
In order to fully understand and manage the Group’s exposure  
to risk, each key area of our operations is reviewed annually using  
a methodology that allows us to measure, evaluate, document and 
monitor our key risks.

Our risk management process identifies, monitors, evaluates and 
escalates risks as they emerge, enabling management to take 
appropriate action wherever possible in order to control them  
whilst enabling the Board to keep risk management under review.

Principal risks
The risk factors set out below are those which the Board believes are 
the most significant to the Group’s business model that could adversely 
affect its operations, revenue, profit, cash flow or asset values and 
which may prevent the Group from achieving its strategic objectives. 
There may be additional risks and uncertainties that are currently 
unknown or currently believed to be immaterial that may also have  
an adverse effect on the Group.

Risk management 
framework

Board 
Responsible for risk management

Audit Committee

Risk Committee

Non-Executive Directors

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Change to 
residual risk  
in FY21

Commentary

COVID-19

The Group’s operating environment was 
severely impacted by COVID, significantly 
restricting the ability to trade at normal 
levels due to social distancing and restricted 
opening hours during periods. There is the 
risk of ongoing extensive local or national 
lockdowns and potential fines if operating 
restrictions are not fully complied with.

Supply Chain

Brexit may have short-term impacts  
on consumer prosperity and  
disposable income.

The reopening of the global economy 
post-COVID has caused supply chain  
and HGV issues that have impacted  
the availability of certain products,  
with the situation constantly evolving.

The UK is seeing cost prices rise across 
several product lines, including utilities.

•  Operational procedures implemented to ensure 

safeguarding of our teams and guests

• 

Investment to ensure COVID-safe venues through 
use of signage, PPE, technology and enhanced 
cleaning procedures

•  Regular Board reviews and action planning  
to deal with local and national lockdowns

•  Significant step up in cash liquidity, via fundraises 
and available debt, made available to support 
further lockdowns

The Group continues to 
carefully monitor the ongoing 
situation and will react quickly 
to further local and national 
restrictions for hospitality 
businesses.

•  The Group’s suppliers have assured us they  
are monitoring the position closely and have 
contingency plans in place to maintain supply

•  Product offerings can be easily adapted and 

switched to alternative suppliers and ingredients

• 

Increase in our retail selling prices may  
be required to counter the growing costs

•  Utility rates are largely fixed until April 2023

The Group operates wholly 
within the UK and therefore 
exposure is limited. The Board 
will continue to monitor the 
situation and react accordingly 
to mitigate risk, including 
contract reviews with suppliers 
to ensure securing the  
best prices.

Refurbishment and acquisition of bars

The Group’s long-term strategy is based  
on growth through the acquisition of new 
bars. Longer-term market expectations rely 
on the Group sourcing and developing  
a pipeline of good sites.

Continued like-for-like sales growth  
is dependent on refurbishment and quality 
of existing bars, and high-quality offerings  
at our highest performing bars.

•  The development team and property agents have 
sufficient resources to ensure the investigation  
of new site opportunities, as required

•  5/6-year investment cycle for all bars

•  Bars refurbished have proven track record  

of improvement in sales

•  Operational management focus on economically 

significant bars

Following a successful 
fundraising in June 2021  
the Group has refocussed  
on identifying potential new  
sites and acquisitions, whilst 
refurbishing existing bars. This 
allows the Group to refurbish 
all the bars that were halted 
during COVID-19.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

19

Underlying cause of risk

Response and mitigation

Change to 
residual risk  
in FY21

Commentary

Consumer demand and PR

The out of home markets for eating  
and drinking depend on the consumers’ 
disposable income. Macroeconomic factors, 
such as employment levels, interest rates 
and consumer confidence are important 
influences on disposable income.

In an increasingly digital world, customers  
are more likely to express dissatisfaction on 
social media rather than alerting a member  
of staff, which can have reputational impacts.

There is a growing trend for consumer-led 
digital campaigns against sectors or brands 
that they believe require change.

Health and safety

•  Ability to tailor offerings in response to 

macroeconomic influences, including quick 
adjustments to promotional activity

•  Ensure a safe and welcoming environment  

in a COVID world

•  Group’s proposition is not based solely on selling 
price; a more affluent demographic is targeted

• 

Increased focus on guest experience and 
feedback, with recent partnership with “Feed It 
Back” to monitor customer experience

•  Our brands take a progressive approach to 

consumer trends, allowing them to be on the  
right side of most consumer-led campaigns

The Group’s bars are open to the public  
and the Group has a duty of care to look 
after its staff and its customers.

•  The Group’s policies and procedures manual 
covers all aspects of operations, as well  
as detailed ongoing training for all staff

Allergens are a heightened risk for our 
customer base, and thus the Group must 
ensure strict guidelines are adhered to  
in order to ensure the safety of guests.

•  Adherence to these is strictly enforced both 

through internal operational line management 
and through external third-party audits

• 

Incidents are thoroughly investigated, and  
any lessons learned communicated throughout 
the business

•  The physical safety of our guests is paramount, 
and our bar and operational teams are trained  
in managing guest safety

COVID has increased 
macroeconomic uncertainty 
and consumer demand both 
financially and from a health 
risk perspective.

All bars are tasked with 
reviewing feedback  
and addressing it, whilst 
Management also review 
overall customer  
experience scores.

New PR firm has been 
appointed to help manage  
any crisis that may occur.

Independent audits of Health  
& Safety continue across all 
bars to ensure a high quality  
of safety. 

Enhanced procedures to 
ensure a safe environment  
for teams and guests.

Group policies, procedures  
and staff training are  
constantly evolving.

Exec team sit on industry 
bodies to ensure up to date  
on any issues.

The difficult economic 
backdrop has eased the 
pressure on rent reviews  
and improved rental terms 
have been agreed on many 
Revolution bars in the year.

Leasehold rents

All of the Group’s operating sites  
are held under leases. Typically, rents  
are determined on a five-year cycle  
by reference to open market rents 
prevailing at the time of the review.

Supplier concentration

The drinks distribution market is dominated 
by one significant business, Matthew Clark, 
which is the Group’s principal supplier. 
Matthew Clark operates nationwide 
whereas other drink wholesalers do not.  
If Matthew Clark were to face business 
difficulties or otherwise change its 
arrangements or pricing, then the  
Group’s operations could be disrupted.

National minimum/living wage

A significant proportion of bar-based teams 
are affected, directly or indirectly, by wage 
legislation and the national minimum living 
wage. Recent years have seen rises above 
inflation imposed on the business.

Post-COVID, we face challenges in 
availability of the right people and we must 
ensure we offer competitive packages  
to attract and be the best place to work.  
This extends to the costs of other people-
focused suppliers like security staff.

•  The Group employs specialist rent review 
advisers who deal only with tenant reviews

•  CVA in year resulted in exit of six sites,  
and improvements in terms on others

•  Further two loss-making sites exited

•  Many concessions and rent reviews finalised  

due to COVID negotiations

•  The proposed strategy is to tolerate the risk, 

based on the Group’s assessment that Matthew 
Clark is the best supplier, and a three-year deal  
is in place to September 2024

•  A tested contingency plan is in place to move  

to an alternative supplier should Matthew Clark 
be unable to supply

In April 2018, Matthew Clark’s 
parent company entered 
administration, and the Group 
invoked its contingency plan 
for several weeks with an 
alternative supplier to no 
significant adverse impact.

•  Technology is utilised to deploy staff more 
effectively and to streamline back office 
processes that will help mitigate wage increases

•  Contracts are reviewed regularly for external 
suppliers to ensure securing the best rates

• 

Increase in sales price of goods may be  
required to counter the growing costs

Better adoption and 
refinements of the labour 
scheduling system have 
allowed improvements in 
efficiency of staff rostering.

The Group has recently 
increased the rate paid for 
security staff to ensure 
meeting licence requirements 
and providing guests with  
a safe night out.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview20 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

FINANCIAL

The Group is very pleased to have 
seen a positive upturn in trading since 
social distancing restrictions were 
lifted post year-end on 19 July 2021, 
but when considering the FY21 results 
it is important to remember the impact 
COVID-19 has had on the business.

Revenue

2021

2020

cash (used in)/generated  
from operating activities

£39.4m

(£2.3m)

2021

£110.1m

2020

£6.5m

£39.4m

Adjusted1 EBITDA

(£3.9m)

2021

(£2.3m)

Adjusted1 LPBT

(£20.9m)

2021

2020

£9.8m

(£9.8m)

2020

(£3.9m)

(£20.9m)

Presentation of results 
Consistent with previous reporting periods, the 
Group operates a weekly accounting calendar 
and as each accounting period refers only to 
complete accounting weeks, the period under 
review reflects the results of the 53 weeks  
to 3 July 2021. Prior year comparatives relate  
to the 52 weeks ended 27 June 2020. There  
have been no changes to accounting policies 
following the implementation of IFRS 16 in 
FY20. The Directors believe that adjusted1 
EBITDA provides a better representation of 
underlying performance as it excludes the 
effect of exceptional items and share-based 
payment charge/credits (non-cash), none  
of which directly relate to the underlying 
performance of the Group. The adjusted1 
EBITDA represents IFRS 16 and therefore 
excludes any rental costs. APM3 adjusted1 
EBITDA represents IAS 17 and is therefore  
after deducting the IAS 17 rental charge.

Results
The Group is very pleased to have seen  
a positive upturn in trading since social 
distancing restrictions were lifted post 
year-end on 19 July 2021, but, when 
considering the FY21 results (being the  
12 months commencing July 2020),  
it is important to remember the impact  
COVID-19 has had on the business:

• 

• 

• 

 a summer of restricted trading in 2020  
with caps on numbers and trading ability;

 tiers introduced in the autumn with  
varying rules, and a four-week lockdown  
in November;

 more restrictions and a curfew introduced 
in winter;

Management efforts have  
been focused on cost reduction,  
cash liquidity and stakeholder 
communication.”

Danielle Davies, Chief Financial Officer

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

21

•  a three-and-a-half-month lockdown 

starting in January;

•  outdoor trading only permitted  

from 12 April;

• 

• 

 indoor trading with social distancing 
restrictions from 17 May; and

 finally, the year ended with a delay of the 
release of restrictions, until 19 July 2021.

Restrictions have included various changing 
tiers and rules, requirements for social 
distancing between tables, enhanced health 
and safety restrictions, substantial meals 
needing to be purchased alongside alcoholic 
drinks, curfews, and restrictions on household 
numbers to name but a few.

Due to this, the Group has seen a significant 
reduction in revenue in the year to £39.4 
million (2020: £110.1 million). Indeed, we have 
already generated more revenue since the 
FY21 year-end than during the whole of FY21, 
which shows the level of disruption that the 
lockdowns have created. FY20 was also 
impacted by COVID-19 but only by the inability 
to trade for the final 14 weeks of the period. 
Our statutory loss before tax for the year  
of (£26.3) million reflects this, whereas our 
prior year loss before tax of (£31.7) million 
includes the exceptional impairment that  
we recognised at the start of lockdown.

The underlying result, as measured by our 
preferred APM3 adjusted1 EBITDA (see note 28), 
was £12.1 million lower, at a loss of (£12.0) million 
(2020: profit of £0.1 million). This is our preferred 
metric because it shows the underlying  
cash available, in a normal trading period,  
for investment, loan servicing and repayment, 
and for distributing to shareholders in the  
form of dividends.

Adjusted1 EBITDA was a loss of (£3.9) million 
(2020: profit of £9.8 million). This is a direct 
result of the reduced sales and continued 
fixed costs during periods of enforced closure. 
Management efforts have been focused on 
cost reduction, cash liquidity and stakeholder 
communication during these times.

Gross profit in the year amounted to £28.1m 
(2020: £83.5 million) which amounted to a 
gross margin of 71.2%, down from 75.9% in the 
period year. The deterioration in margin was  
in part due to a change in the mix of products 
sold, with customers enjoying our daytime  
food offering more than in previous years,  
and a higher participation of cocktails being 
enjoyed. These items are lower margin than  
the higher margin bottles of spirits and 
magnums which are more traditionally enjoyed 
late night, which was not permitted during 
FY21. In addition, the ongoing opening and 
closing of bars throughout FY21 due to the 
changes in restrictions lead to higher 
obsolescence and write-offs, and lower 
supplier income.

Headcount reduced from 2,968 at the start of 
FY21 to c. 2,000 in April 2021, before increasing 
to 2,495 at the end of FY21, as we recruited 
once bars re-opened. The increased furlough 
claims and reduced headcount meant that total 
payroll costs for the year were £22.1 million 
compared to £35.8 million in FY20. Across the 
year the Board took voluntary pay cuts of up  
to 50%; these salaries have returned to full  
pay following the reopening of the estate.

The Group took advantage of all applicable 
Government support throughout the period. 
The Group had previously utilised HMRC’s 
Time to Pay scheme and began repaying this 
debt in the year. VAT liabilities of £2.1 million 
had also been deferred from the first 

lockdown, and the Group took advantage of 
the further deferral under monthly repayments 
till January 2022 with £1.4 million still 
outstanding at year-end. The Group continued 
to utilise the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme (“CJRS”) during periods of enforced 
closure, and to support bars as they reopened; 
the Group has claimed total CJRS grants to 
date of £22.0 million. In the year the Group 
has also obtained various Local Authority 
grants aimed at the Hospitality industry  
of £3.4 million which has been recognised  
as Other Income within operating profit.

The 100% rates holiday for the Hospitality 
industry was applicable throughout the period 
until the end of June 2021 and resulted in  
a £6.5 million saving; this will then become  
a two-thirds reduction from July 2021, subject 
to a £2.0 million cap until April 2022.

Management continued to negotiate beneficial 
payment and contract terms through periods  
of closure with key suppliers and landlords  
and the Group thanks them for their support. 
As discussed in the Group Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020, the Group completed the 
Company Voluntary Arrangement (“CVA”) of 
Revolution Bars Limited which was approved 
on 13 November 2020. This resulted in a total 
exit of six sites, with a further two loss-making 
sites separately surrendered in the year. Total 
cash rental savings agreed across the estate 
since the start of COVID-19 are £6.0 million.

The Group incurred an operating loss of  
£21.2 million (2020: £32.7 million). This was 
after charging non-cash exceptional items  
of £3.2 million (2020: £27.4 million) and cash 
exceptionals of £2.2 million (2020: £0.4 
million), which are detailed further below.

Summary

•  The Group continues to offer comparative 

• 

Alternative Performance Measures3 
(“APM”) of the numbers converted to IAS 17 
following the implementation of IFRS 16  
in FY20. APM3 for the current period are 
given equal prominence in this review 
because, in the opinion of the Directors, 
these provide a better guide to the 
underlying performance of the business;

the results information therefore gives 
FY21 IFRS 16 statutory numbers, followed 
by APM3 of FY21 under IAS 17, and the 
equivalent comparison from FY20.  
A reconciliation between statutory and 
APM3 figures is provided in note 28;

FY21 
(IFRS 16)

FY20 
(IFRS 16)

FY21 APM3 
(IAS17)

FY20 APM3 
(IAS17)

Total Sales 

£39.4 million

£110.1 million

£39.4 million

£110.1 million

Operating loss

£(21.2) million £(32.7) million £(21.6) million

£(27.5) million

Adjusted1 EBITDA

£(3.9) million

£9.8 million £(12.0) million

£0.1 million

Non-cash exceptionals

£(3.2) million

£(27.4) million

£(0.5) million

£(19.7) million

Cash exceptionals

£(2.2) million

£(0.4) million

£(2.7) million

£(0.4) million

Net bank debt

£(3.6) million £(22.0) million

£(3.6) million £(22.0) million

•  when considering the results for the 
period, it should also be noted that  
trade has been restricted including two 
lockdown periods where the Government 
enforced the closure of pubs, bars and 
restaurants in November and January  
until mid-March, as well as varying rules  
in the tier systems significantly impacting 
Christmas trade, and ongoing social 
distancing restrictions for the remainder  
of the year. Comparatively, in FY20 the 
business was unable to trade for the  
last 14 weeks of the period;

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview22 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

FINANCIAL

Underlying profitability

The Board’s preferred profit measures are 
APM3 adjusted1 EBITDA and APM3 adjusted1 
pre-tax (loss)/profit as shown in the tables 
below. The APM3 adjusted1 measures exclude 
exceptional items, bar opening costs and 
charges/credits arising from long-term 
incentive plans. 

Exceptional items, bar opening 
costs and accounting for long-term 
incentive plans

Exceptional items, by virtue of their size, 
incidence or nature, are disclosed separately  
in order to allow a better understanding of the 
underlying trading performance of the Group. 
The statutory exceptional position of £5.4 
million is £2.2 million higher than the APM3 
exceptionals of £3.2 million due to additional 
impairment on right-of-use assets, and 
accounting treatment changes (IAS 17  
to IFRS 16) on fixed asset impairments and  
on the surrender of leases and onerous  
lease provisions, all of which result from  
the implementation of IFRS 16.

The statutory charge of £5.4 million comprises 
£3.2 million (2020: £27.4 million) of non-cash 
exceptionals relating to property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use impairment charges 
of £11.6 million offset by a gain on disposal 
recognised under IFRS 16 upon surrender of 
leases of £8.4 million. It also includes cash 
exceptionals of £2.2 million (2020: £0.4 million) 
relating to property restructure costs including 
legal and professional expenditure incurred in 
the CVA and various landlord deals, and the 
cost of exiting sites. In the prior reporting 
period, non-cash exceptionals also related  
to impairment and a gain on disposal, and the 
cash exceptional related to moving the listing  
of the Company’s shares from the London  
Stock Exchange premium segment to AIM.  
A full analysis of exceptional items is given  
in note 3 to the financial statements.

31 December 2021
30 June 2022
31 December 2022
30 June 2023

Pre-tax loss
Add back Exceptional items
Add back Charge arising from long-term 
incentive plans
Deduct Exceptional finance income

Adjusted1 pre-tax loss
Add back Depreciation
Add back Amortisation
Add back Finance costs

Adjusted1 EBITDA

3 July 
2021

IFRS 16
£m

(26.3)
5.4

0.1
–

(20.8)
11.8
0.0
5.1

(3.9)

27 June 
2020

IFRS 16
£m

(31.7)
27.8

0.0
(5.9)

(9.8)
14.6
0.0
4.9

9.8

3 July 
2021
APM3
IAS 17
£m

(22.8)
3.2

0.1
–

(19.5)
6.3
0.0
1.2

(12.0)

27 June 
2020
APM3
IAS 17
£m

(28.1)
20.1

0.0
–

(8.0)
7.5
0.0
0.6

0.1

Charge relating to long-term incentive  
schemes resulted from equity-settled share-
based payment transactions; this was a charge  
of £64k (2020: £42k). No awards vested  
in either the current period or prior period.

On 27 July 2020, the Group completed an  
equity fundraising of £15.0 million, receiving net 
proceeds of £14.1 million. These net proceeds 
were used to repay all remaining outstanding 
loan draw downs on the Facility.

Finance costs
Finance costs of £5.1 million (2020: £4.9 million) 
are made up £1.1 million of bank interest paid on 
borrowings (2020: £0.6 million) and £4.0 million 
of lease interest (2020: £4.3 million). Charges 
related to the Company’s committed revolving 
credit facility with NatWest (the “Facility”) 
including commitment fees relating to any 
undrawn element of the Facility, and the 
amortisation of arrangement fees over the life  
of the Facility were much higher than the prior 
period due primarily to higher average bank 
debt levels during the year as a result of 
increased borrowings due to COVID-19,  
as well as the interest charged on the 
Coronavirus Large Business Interruption  
Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) loans.
Liquidity

At the start of the period, the Group received  
a £16.5 million CLBILS term loan from NatWest  
in the form of a three-year term loan which was 
used to pay down the Revolving Credit Facility 
(“RCF”) and the RCF commitment was reduced  
to £21.0 million from £30.0 million and its term 
extended to June 2022. This provided the Group 
with committed facilities of £37.5 million of which 
£7.5 million was due to be prepaid at the end of 
March 2021 with  the RCF reducing a further £1.0 
million at the end of June each year. The CLBILS 
was due to amortise by £1.0 million per annum.

On 16 December 2020, due to the continued 
COVID restrictions, NatWest agreed to defer 
both the £7.5 million prepayment on the 
committed facilities due at the end of March  
2021 and the £1.0 million reduction on the  
Facility due at the end of June 2021.

Additionally, in April 2021, NatWest agreed  
to waive £2.0 million of amortisation scheduled 
for September 2021 and approved a further  
£3.5 million CLBILS term loan.

On 15 June 2021, the Group completed a further 
equity fundraising of £21.0 million, receiving  
net proceeds of £19.9 million. These net proceeds 
were also used to repay all remaining outstanding 
loan draw downs on the Facility, with remaining 
funds held for an enhanced refurbishment 
scheme and expansion opportunities. Therefore, 
at year-end the Group had remaining gross bank 
debt of £15.8 million which consisted entirely of 
remaining CLBILS loans. The RCF also reduced to 
£17.3 million following £3.7 million of amortisation 
in June 2021.

On 11 November 2021, the RCF was extended  
to 30 June 2023, and interest was increased by 
1.2% with a further up-to 1% chargeable if the  
RCF is drawn to within £5.0 million of total limits.  
A new deleveraging method was also agreed 
based on overperformance compared to the 
severe but plausible downside case; please see 
note 1 for further details on the key assumptions 
in the severe but plausible downside case.  
The Company now has committed Facilities  
as follows:

RCF 
£m

17.3
16.3
16.31
15.31

CLBILS
£m

15.3
14.8
14.31
13.81

Total
£m

32.6
31.1
30.61
29.11

1 

 Facilities are due to deleverage after 30 June 2022 under the overperformance deleverage agreement detailed above, meaning the facilities will reduce further at this point based  
on overperformance of FY22 against the severe but plausible downside case.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

23

The Facility is due for expiry on 30 June 2023. The original £16.5 million CLBILS loan is a three-year term loan expiring 5 July 2023,  
and the new £3.5 million CLBILS loan is a three-year term loan expiring 9 May 2024. We would like to thank NatWest and our shareholders  
for this support during the year. At the time of writing, after 17 weeks of near-normal trade, the Group has net cash of £4.6 million.

Taxation
There is no tax payable in respect of the current 
period due to losses made. Accordingly, the 
charge in the current year is £nil (2020: charge 
£3.5 million). The prior year charge principally 
arises from the derecognition of the  
deferred tax asset that was created on the 
implementation of IFRS 16, given the difficult 
trading outlook resulting from COVID.

Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic loss per share for the period was  
21.2 pence (2020: loss 70.3 pence). Adjusting 
for exceptional items, non-recurring opening 
costs and credits arising from long-term 
incentive plans resulted in an adjusted1  
loss per share for the period of 18.9 pence 
(2020: loss of 37.3 pence).

Operating cash flow and net bank debt
The Group utilised net cash flow from 
operating activities in the period of (£2.3) 
million (2020: generated £6.5 million) as  
a direct result of the continued expenditure  
and cash strain on the business during periods  
of closure in the year. The Group focused on 
minimising its cash outflow and liquidity during 
periods of closure or reduced trading to 
ensure that the business would be in a strong 
position to resume trading when conditions 
permitted. This was somewhat mitigated 
through payment deferral arrangements with 
the Group’s largest suppliers, rent concessions 
agreed with a number of landlords as well as 
the CVA, utilisation of the Coronavirus Job 
Retention Scheme and HMRC Time to Pay 
schemes, reduction of capital expenditure  
and reduction of costs wherever possible. 
Furthermore, in FY21 the Group received 
£20.0 million CLBILS loans and £36.0 million 
gross (£34.0 million net) of equity fundraising 
to support the business and to allow it to come 
out of COVID-19 in a strong position.

Capital expenditure payments of £2.0 million, 
lease surrender payments of £1.7 million, bank 
loan interest £1.1 million and loan repayments 
of £52.7 million offset with proceeds from 
fundraising of £34.0 million and drawdown of 
borrowings of £44.0 million all contributed to  
a net cash inflow in the period of £9.6 million 
decreasing net bank debt to a closing position 
of £3.6 million. This is in comparison to 2020, 
where capital expenditure payments of £4.2 
million, lease surrender payments of £1.4 
million, bank loan interest £0.6 million, loan 
repayments of £12.0 million and drawdown of 
borrowings of £19.0 million all contributed to a 
net cash outflow of £0.1 million which resulted 
in net bank debt of £22.0 million.

Capital expenditure
The Group made capital investments of £2.0 
million (2020: £4.2 million) during the period; 
this was incurred entirely on the existing bars, 
comprising building renovation works, 
equipment replacement and IT investment  

and minor refurbishment work where urgent. 
During COVID-19, planned refurbishments 
were halted to focus on cash management, 
and will restart with an enhanced 
refurbishment programme in FY22.

Dividend
As notified previously, the Board has 
suspended payments of dividends. 
Furthermore, (a) a condition of taking on the 
CLBILS facility is that the Company is unable 
to pay a dividend whilst the CLBILS remains 
outstanding and (b) as a result of the CVA 
referred to above, the Company’s subsidiary 
entity, Revolution Bars Limited, is unable to 
pay a dividend for a period of three years until 
13 November 2023. A restriction on the 
Group’s principal trading subsidiary being 
unable to make a dividend payment to its 
Parent Company may significantly impact the 
Company’s ability to make a dividend payment 
until after 13 November 2023. There was no 
dividend paid or declared in either the current 
or prior period.

Going Concern
Under the terms of its banking facilities with 
NatWest, the Company has one financial 
covenant – “minimum liquidity headroom” 
between its net bank debt and its committed 
bank debt facilities. The Directors have 
modelled both a management base case 
forecast scenario and a severe but plausible 
downside case scenario; please see note 1  
for further details on the key assumptions  
in the severe but plausible downside case.  
No forecast breach of the banking covenant 
arises under either forecast scenario but there 
is very limited headroom under the severe but 
plausible downside forecast scenario under 
which headroom is minimised to £0.9 million  
at the end in April 2022.

The low level of liquidity headroom relative to 
the minimum liquidity covenant in the severe 
but plausible downside case, and the material 
uncertainty caused by COVID coupled with 
forecasting difficulties as a result of constantly 
changing operating restrictions means that the 
Group cannot be assured that it will not breach 
the minimum liquidity covenant. A breach of 
covenant would require the bank to grant a 
waiver or for the Group to renegotiate its 
banking facilities or raise funds from other 
sources, none of which is entirely within the 
Group’s control. A breach of the covenant 
would also result in the reclassification of £15.8 
million of non-current borrowings to current 
borrowings as at the date of the consolidation 
statement of financial position. The Directors 
have assessed, however, that given a strong 
underlying business, particularly post lease 
surrenders of under-performing bars and the 
CVA undertaken during 2020, the Group’s 
existing relationships with its main creditors, 
its success in recent years in obtaining 
covenant waivers and renegotiating its 
banking facilities and recent equity 

fundraisings, that a request for a waiver  
of a covenant breach or renegotiation of  
the banking facilities would be successful.

Despite a return to normal trading in England 
since July 2021, the severe disruption to the 
Group’s trade prior to that since March 2020 
caused by COVID, and the resultant and 
frequently changing operating restrictions 
imposed by the UK Government and the 
devolved authorities means that there is a 
material uncertainty over the going concern  
of the Group. This uncertainty exists because 
of the unpredictability of the nature, extent 
and duration of COVID, and the possibility  
of further restrictions or lockdowns imposed 
by the Government, and how this will impact 
the Group’s operational performance and  
in particular the level of sales and EBITDA 
generated that will in turn determine the 
Group’s covenant compliance.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty,  
after due consideration the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group and the 
Company have sufficient resources to continue 
in operational existence for the period of 12 
months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements. Accordingly, the financial 
statements continue to be prepared on the 
going concern basis. However, the impact  
of possible COVID restrictions on our trading 
indicates the existence of a material 
uncertainty which may cast significant doubt 
over the ability of the Group and Company  
to continue as a going concern. The financial 
statements do not contain the adjustments that 
would arise if the Group (and the Company) 
were unable to continue as a going concern.

A more comprehensive disclosure on going 
concern including the banking facilities, 
liquidity and the detailed assumptions behind 
both forecast scenarios is given in note 1 to the 
financial statements.

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer 

15 November 2021

1  Adjusted performance measures exclude  

exceptional items, share-based payment charges  
and bar opening costs.

2 

 Like-for-like (LFL) sales are same site sales defined  
as sales at only those venues that traded in the same 
week in both the current year and comparative  
reporting periods.

3  

 APM refers to Alternative Performance Measure  
being measures reported on an IAS 17 basis.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
24 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

SECTION 172(1)

Stakeholder engagement is critical 
to the success of the business.

Under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (“S172”), a Director  
is required to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be  
most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit  
of its members as a whole.

Stakeholder Engagement

This report discusses how the 
interests of other stakeholders 
impact the long-term success  
of the Company, and explains how 
the Company’s Directors have:
•  engaged with employees, suppliers, 

customers and others; and

•  had regard to employee interests, the 

need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others, in relation to the principal 
decisions taken by the Company during 
the financial year.

The S172 statement focuses on matters  
of strategic importance to the Group.  
The Board’s two Executive Directors  
are closely involved in all aspects of the 
Group’s business on a day-to-day basis in 
conjunction with the senior management 
team (together, the Executive Committee) 
whose activity is reported back to and 
influenced by the full Board.

The Group provides regular engagement 
and consultation with investors, with 
regular trading updates. Executive 
Directors are regularly available for direct 
meetings with institutional and individual 
investors, particularly following publication 
of the Group’s interim and annual results.

COVID-19 had a significant impact on all of 
our stakeholders throughout the 53 week 
period ending 3 July 2021. We set out here 
the key priorities and the ways in which we 
engaged with them during FY21. This list  
is not intended to be an exhaustive list of  
all stakeholder priorities and engagement 
activity, but to provide a summary that 
illustrates the importance stakeholder 
groups play in the Board’s decision making.

We engage with:

Why we engage:

Colleagues
Attracting and retaining the best people  
is fundamental to driving business success, 
particularly given the Group’s purpose,  
vision and values.

Creating fun and memorable experiences 
would not succeed without a diverse group  
of engaged, well-trained and motivated 
people that enjoy working in our bars.

Suppliers
Accessing new premium products is a key 
element of keeping the Group’s offering 
vibrant, refreshed and interesting, whilst 
providing the brand owners with an 
opportunity to showcase their products  
in a fun environment.

Great relationships with suppliers allow us  
to source the best value goods for the benefit 
of our guests.

Customers
We want to create a safe environment in  
which our guests love coming to us for the  
fun and memorable experiences we are 
known for, and in order to do so we must 
recognise our guests’ needs.

The Board recognises the need for  
innovation to provide our guests with  
a new and exciting offering.

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 25

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

How we engage:

Material topics:

The shift to remote working allowed the opportunity for the Board, Executive team and wider 
colleagues to work together more closely and successfully than ever through the adoption  
and use of virtual conferencing.

Regular virtual updates were also provided by Rob Pitcher, Chief Executive Officer, and other 
Executive members to the wider business in periods of closure and furlough to ensure our 
People felt supported and updated.

The Board considers the twice-yearly Quality of Life survey undertaken across the whole  
of the Group’s workforce to be the most effective way of measuring employee engagement, 
motivation, affiliation and commitment to the business.

The Executive team and core management undertake regular bar visits to allow the teams  
time for communication and feedback.

•  Providing a safe, diverse and inclusive 

working environment

•  The Group is determined that it remains  

a responsible employer

• 

Introduction of the Diversity & Inclusion 
Board, made up of members across our 
workforce, committed to working together 
with respect for each other and the Group 
at all times and in a truly collaborative way

•  New charity partner, Campaign Against 
Living Miserably (“CALM"), voted for by  
our colleagues

Brand owners and all key suppliers are invited to attend the Group’s annual conference,  
which includes sessions for the drink brands to understand how they can work with the  
Group and provides them an opportunity to showcase new products.

All major contracts are reviewed and approved by the Board when they are first entered into  
and at renewal. The senior management team regularly engages with the development teams  
at the leading drinks brands to look at menu innovation.

We would like to again take this opportunity to thank our suppliers and landlords for their  
support through COVID-19.

•  Negotiations with key suppliers  

and landlords for mutually beneficial 
agreements throughout COVID-19

•  The Matthew Clark contract was  

re-tendered, and a three-year contract 
signed until September 2024

•  Major suppliers are required to include 
statements on modern slavery and 
anti-bribery, and are asked to partner  
with us on sustainable workflows

Social media and review platforms are internally and externally reviewed, with high response 
rates to guests to understand their experiences with our bars.

Recognising the increased focus on health and wellbeing, the Board is also mindful that the 
Group’s trade is associated with the retailing of alcohol. Accordingly, significant resources are 
allocated to staff training and guest supervision to ensure that guests do not gain entry if they 
are intoxicated and that they leave our bars in a safe and orderly fashion so as not to cause 
disruption to others.

•  Our guests are showing an increased  

focus on the environment and sustainability 
agenda, and we recently announced our 
intention to become the UK’s first Bar 
group to achieve Net Zero before 2030

• 

Increased health & safety requirements, 
ensuring a safe environment in which our 
guests can return following COVID-19

 
 
 
 
26 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

OPERATING RESPONSIBLY

Corporate and Social Responsibility Statement
The Group’s corporate social 
responsibility activities prioritise  
our people, responsible retailing  
and charity.

There is no planet  
‘B’ and at Revolution 
Bars Group we are 
100% committed  
to doing our bit to 
ensure we minimise 
our impact on the 
environment and 
achieve Net Zero 
before 2030.”

Rob Pitcher
Chief Executive Officer

People

We currently employ just over 3,000 
people and are committed to creating 
an inclusive environment where all 
employees have the opportunity to 
develop their careers. Throughout the 
financial year 2021, we have continued 
to face our most difficult trading 
challenge to date with the majority  
of our teams furloughed and our 
operation paused for months on end. 
However, we have utilised this time to 
push forward on our hugely important 
people agendas such as Diversity and 
Inclusion (“D&I”) and our Wellbeing 
projects. Thus, helping to ensure  
that when our people returned to  
the business, we came back with 
engaged teams that were motivated  
to take on the seemingly never-ending 
challenges that the pandemic has 
thrown at our industry.
When welcoming the return of our teams,  
it was more important than ever before to 
re-induct and provide refresher training for  
all colleagues due to the fact that many of 
them had not been operational for over six 
months. Prior to reopening, we launched  
“the festival of training” utilising our online 
training platform to refresh our teams on 
COVID safe operational processes and also 
took the opportunity to provide Food Safety 
Level 3 for all of our Kitchen Management 
and General Management population to 
extend and deepen their knowledge in  
this fundamental area. 

We knew the importance of ensuring our 
teams felt safe to return to an environment  
that was aligned to our Purpose, Vision  
& Values and on Friday 14 May 2021, the 
weekend prior to our full return to trade,  
we hosted our first ever, company-wide,  
virtual conference, live streaming our show to 
all bars and delivering some key motivational 
messages. The event included both live  
and pre-recorded interviews, an interactive,  
fun company quiz with prizes and the 
introduction of some pivotal, new partnerships 
to the wider business. One new collaboration 
with “So Let’s Talk”, a not-for-profit platform  
with a mission to “86 the silence”, has enabled 
the provision of education, events, training 
and activities on all aspects of mental, 
physical and financial health relevant  
to the hospitality industry.

We also launched our Inclusion Revolution 
which presented our commitment to Diversity 
and Inclusion and introduced our partnership 
with “Wiser”, a people agency committed  
to “changing the way we think about work”. 
This collaboration enabled a full diversity  
data capture of our people, tapping into some 
sensitive areas which were analysed globally 
to allow us to truly understand the diverse 

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

27

needs of our organisation. We also collated 
data from an Inclusion Survey, which captured 
more qualitative data and represented the way 
in which our colleagues feel about the culture 
of RBG. Alongside this rich insight, we worked 
with Wiser to analyse all cultural and structural 
pillars that make up our Inclusion Value 
Proposition (“IVP”) – our promise to our 
people regarding Inclusion. The IVP allows  
us to evaluate and articulate where we are  
on our Inclusion journey so that we can make 
informed decisions around D&I actions, 
commitment and strategy and so that we  
can truly bring to life our vision, “To be the 
place where everyone wants to be”. 

Of our workforce, 46% is female and 54% is 
male, with increased female representation  
at Board level to 40% (from 20%) and within 
the Executive team to 50% (from 18% three 
years ago) and therefore we are leading by 
example at senior leadership level. However, 
there is still much work to be done within our 
sites and Area Management population. One 
of our eight geographical areas currently have 
a 50/50 male/female split at General Manager 
level, of those who identify themselves as 
male/female. This again shows progression  
in the right direction, but much improvement 
can be made across all forms of diversity  
and parity as we embark on our Inclusion 
Revolution, a journey that will continue  
to evolve.    

Within hospitality the recruitment challenge 
has been one of the most difficult obstacles  
to overcome since our return to trade with 
both the pandemic and Brexit having a huge 
impact on our employee turnover and ability  
to attract candidates. We have increased our 
recruitment resource and forged forward with 
our people retention strategies to mitigate the 
risk, and this will remain a huge area of focus 
for the business in the coming months.

We aim to create defined career paths for 
every role so that we maintain a strong 
pipeline of managers to lead and grow the 
business. We have focused on a review of  
our bartender career path, which we launched 
during lockdown to keep our team motivated 
and engaged. We will be launching both the 
sales and kitchen career pathways by the end 
of 2021. Our detailed succession plan and 
talent management programmes have 
historically seen us fill over 80% of our 
management positions internally. 

We have invested in the internal accreditation 
of the Mental Health First Aid course which will 
enable us to quickly roll out this vital training  
to all managers that feel comfortable around 
this crucial education and will commence 
training for our General Manager population, 
as well as further members of our support 
centre in the next calendar year. 

We have a suite of reward and incentive 
schemes in place but, due to the suspension 
of trade, we deferred certain bonus payments 
and were forced to suspend all bonus 

schemes in FY20 and part of FY21, with 
employees supportive of the measures in  
the circumstances. However, following 
approval by the Remuneration Committee, 
75% of the deferred bonus payment was  
made in July 2021. A full review of all bonus 
schemes was undertaken following our return 
to trade with some changes made including 
the alignment of our Kitchen and Assistant 
kitchen managers into the same operational 
team bonus, which has increased their earning 
potential and aligned their focus with the  
rest of the management teams. This was  
an important step given the ongoing kitchen 
recruitment challenge. 

The Group’s performance as an employer  
is usually measured twice yearly through an 
independently administered “Quality of Life” 
survey sent to every employee. However,  
as we spent a large amount of time with the 
operation paused in FY21 in November 2020, 
we sent out a sentiment survey as a more 
relevant way of measuring our employee 
engagement at this time. In analysis 79% of 
respondents agreed or strongly agreed they 
had confidence in the Company’s leadership 
during the crisis. Similarly, 82% were happy 
with the level of communication and 72% felt 
that they have had access to the right level  
of support from the Company throughout the 
pandemic. In addition to these results our 
Inclusion Survey has helped to paint a very 
positive picture as we scored incredibly highly 
confirming our people know our purpose, 
vision and values and overall felt that RBG  
has an inclusive culture.

Responsible drinks retailing
The Group supports practices which promote 
responsible drinking and has established its 
own “Responsible Alcohol Retailing Policy”, 
supported by staff training and monitoring. 
The Group’s pricing models are set so as to 
avoid deeply discounting products. Events are 
promoted responsibly and are accompanied 
by individual risk assessments. A number  
of bars enter local “Best Bar None” schemes  
(run by local authorities and the police to 
encourage good behaviour in town centres), 
promoting a safe and secure environment. 
Test purchasing exercises are organised 
through Serve Legal to ensure that staff  
are exercising their judgement in the way  
that they are trained to do with regard  
to age verification.

Food information and quality
The Group continuously aims to improve  
the quality of its food offering and provide 
customers with the required information about 
its products to allow them to make informed 
decisions about their food consumption.  
This includes providing allergen and calorie 
information for all dishes via our website. 
Products not containing gluten or meat are 
highlighted on the printed menu. Full training 
is provided to bar teams to enable them  

to deal with customer queries and prevent 
cross-contamination. The Group sets out  
strict specifications for all products so that 
high standards of quality are met.

The Group continues to place greater 
emphasis on offering increased menu choices 
for vegetarians, vegans and those with food 
intolerances, given that this is important to an 
increasing proportion of our customer base.

Charity
As part of its social responsibility agenda,  
the Group has chosen a new corporate charity 
partner, announced in August 2021. Following 
an internal vote, over 75% of those that voted 
chose the Campaign Against Living Miserably 
(“CALM”). Following the challenging year 
where at times up to 98.5% of our workforce 
were on furlough, the Group has an increased 
focus on employee wellbeing and ensuring a 
safe and supporting environment for them to 
return to work. Our people told us that suicide 
support was an incredibly serious concern 
given the challenging year many had faced, 
and the Group is proud to support CALM in 
their journey. The Group will be donating 50p 
from every sharing platter sold, and additional 
fundraising activity will be planned.

Prior to this, the Group supported its previously 
nominated charity, Shelter. Over a three-year 
period the Group raised over £85,000 for 
Shelter through various employee activities 
including sponsored events and by the Group 
promoting the donation of 20 pence from  
every hot beverage sold.

The Group also has a programme designed  
to promote other charitable activity within  
its workforce. The scheme, called “You raise  
it, we match it”, rewards funds raised by staff 
for other charities and matches what they  
have raised. 

Anti-bribery and corruption policy
The Group has in place an anti-bribery  
and corruption policy that is communicated 
through all heads of department to their 
teams, and included in the colleague 
handbook. The policy requires transparency 
and the maintenance of an entertainment 
register that is regularly reviewed by the 
Board. Key suppliers have also been  
made aware of the policy.

Modern slavery policy  
and human rights
The Group has in place a Modern-slavery 
policy that has been approved by the Board. 
Suppliers are required to acknowledge the 
Group’s policy and their obligation to adhere 
to it as part of any contractual arrangements.

The Group does not have a formal human 
rights policy, but it is committed to conducting 
business with integrity and fairness. 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview28 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

OPERATING RESPONSIBLY

Environment
The Group endeavours to conduct its business in a way that is sympathetic to the environment. Where possible, glassware and bottles  
are recycled, as is cardboard packaging. All new sites and major refurbishment projects include fitting energy-efficient lighting and other  
control devices in order to minimise energy consumption. Smart meters have been fitted throughout our estate to allow the monitoring  
of hourly energy consumption on a daily basis in order to highlight unusual consumption spikes and to be able to benchmark individual  
site performance. The Group’s appointed energy consultant, Energise Limited, facilitates the production of a suite of reports enabling bars  
to identify energy wastage; these reports are monitored both locally and centrally. The reporting is very useful for evaluating the impact  
of new energy-saving initiatives, including investments in new technology and more efficient equipment.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) Disclosure
Our SECR disclosure for the Group presents our carbon footprint across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, together with an appropriate intensity metric and  
our total energy use. The reporting of greenhouse gas emissions is for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021. All of the Group’s operations  
are based in the UK, and therefore all of the below figures purely relate to the UK.

Emission Type

Scope 1: Operation of Facilities
Scope 1: Combustion

TOTAL Scope 1

Scope 2: Purchased Energy

TOTAL Scope 2

Scope 3: Indirect Energy use

TOTAL Scope 3

Total

kWh (Scope 1 & 2 Only)

CO2e tonnes (Location Based)

Current Year
(2020–21)

Previous Year
(2019–20)

–

3,798,991

–
8,453,731

3,798,991

8,453,731

10,088,994

19,219,442

10,088,994

19,219,442

–

–

–

–

Var.%

–
-55.1%

-55.1%

-47.5%

-47.5%

–

–

13,887,985

27,673,173

-49.8%

Current Year
(2020–21)

Previous Year
(2019–20)

–
715

715

2,352

2,352

10,238

10,238

13,305

–
1,580

1,580

4,912

4,912

31,364

31,364

37,856

Var.%

–
-54.7%

-54.7%

-52.1%

-52.1%

-67.4%

-67.4%

-64.9%

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity Ratio:

Total Footprint  
(Scope 1, Scope 2 and  
Scope 3) - CO2e tonnes

Current 
Year
(2020–21)

Previous 
Year
(2019–20)

Turnover (£m)
Intensity Ratio (tCO2e/£100,000)

39.4 m
33.77

110.1 m
34.38

Year on 
Year 
Variance

-64.2%
-1.8%

Intensity Ratio Trend Review

Intensity Ratio
Difference
Variance %

Current 
Year
(2020–21)

Previous 
Year
(2019–20)

33.77
-0.61
-1.8%

34.38
+27.36
+389.8%

2018–19

7.02
-1.53
-17.9%

CO2e tonnes  
(Dual Reporting Methodology)

Emission Type

Scope 1: Operation of Facilities
Scope 1: Combustion

TOTAL Scope 1

Scope 2: Purchased Energy

TOTAL Scope 2

Market 
Based 
(Supplier 
Specific)

–
715

715

182

182

Location  
Based

–
715

715

2,352

2,352

Scope 3: Indirect Energy use

10,238

10,238

TOTAL Scope 3

10,238

10,238

Variance

–
0%

0%

-92.3%

-92.3%

0%

0%

Total

13,305

11,135

-16.3%

The Dual Reporting Methodology shows  
data from the same financial period,  
calculated using different conversion factors. 
The location-based emissions are calculated 
using the UK average electricity carbon factor 
and the market-based emissions are calculated 
based on the specific electricity carbon factors 
of the Group’s electricity suppliers.

This table therefore demonstrates the 
reduction in the Group’s overall footprint 
achieved by purchasing renewable energy;  
by purchasing renewable energy our carbon 
emissions associated with electricity are 
approximately 92.3% lower than they would 

have been if they remained on a standard, 
non-renewable electricity tariff. 

Scope and methodology: 
• 

 Our methodology has been based on the 
principles of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, 
taking account of the 2015 amendment 
which sets out a “dual reporting” 
methodology for the reporting of Scope 2 
emissions. In the “Total Footprint” summary 
above, purchased electricity is reported  
on a location-based method;

• 

• 

• 

 We have reported on all the measured 
emissions sources required under  

The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report  
and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 
and The Companies (Directors’ Report)  
and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 
except where stated;

 This Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Report has been compiled by our  
energy and net zero carbon partner, 
Energise Limited;

 This report includes emissions under 
Scope 1 and 2, except where stated, and 
includes emissions from Scope 3 sources 
relating to business travel, purchased 

 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

29

reduction across all scopes by that date;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

goods and services, capital goods, 
employee commuting, fuel- and energy-
related activities, water and waste;

 Conversion factors for UK electricity 
(location-based methodology), gas and 
other emissions are those published  
by the Department for Environment,  
Food and Rural Affairs for 2020-21;

 Conversion factors for UK electricity 
(market-based methodology) are published 
on the fuel mix disclosures on each 
supplier’s website;

 Emissions in relation to fugitive emissions 
are excluded from the scope of reporting 
due to the lack of quality data records  
in this area;

 Estimation has been required in some 
areas where data has not been available. 
These have been completed using 
standard estimation methods (direct 
comparison, pro-rata etc.). Where FY20 
data has been used as a comparable 
period for direct comparison, these have 
been adjusted for COVID-19 impact using 
either a site-specific calculation based on 
opening patterns (where available) or a 
standard portfolio calculated average of 
36% of FY20 usage levels. This percentage 
figure is based on a calculation combining 
days from national lockdown closed 
periods with local lockdown periods within 
the FY (where this information was 
available) against a total of standard 
operating days.

Energy efficiency action
The period covered by this report has been 
significantly impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic, with the majority of sites closed  
for large sections of the year during both  
the national lockdowns and the local  
tiered lockdowns. 

Progress has been made with the Net Zero 
Strategy workstreams, including progressing 
the adoption of the strategy itself within the 
business, appointing zero heroes and 
promoting engagement and the submission  
of intent to a science-based target.

On-site improvements regarding energy 
efficiency have been limited due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, however with our 
Pathway to Net Zero defined, we are in  
a position to move forwards with a clear  
and defined plan as to when upcoming  
energy efficiency actions will be completed. 

Sustainability
This year brings sustainability into the  
heart of our bars with the following major 
changes/commitments:

•  We are the UK’s first bar group to commit  
to a Science-Based Target for reducing  
our emissions;

•  The Board has formally adopted our Net 

Zero/Sustainability strategy which commits 
us to being Net Zero before 2030, 
achieving at least a 40% emissions 

•  We were a founding member of the  

Zero Carbon Forum, which is developing 
solutions for Net Zero for the Hospitality 
sector collaboratively and have contributed 
to the forthcoming sector roadmap;

•  We have made a formal commitment to a 
Science Based Target with a commitment 
for our ambitions and actions to be aligned 
to a maximum of 1.5C level of global 
warming, considered internationally  
the mark of best practice;

•  We have submitted to the Carbon 

Disclosure Project (“CDP”) for the first time, 
following feedback from our stakeholders. 
Our submission to the Climate Change 
questionnaire will allow us to rate and 
monitor our progress over the years  
as we strive to Net Zero.

Our achievements in this area have been 
recognised by winning a prestigious “Gold 
Level” Green Apple Award for Environmental 
Best Practice by The Green Organisation, the 
international environmental group dedicated 
to rewarding and promoting environmental 
best practice globally. This award is in 
recognition of the great achievements 
accomplished so far in energy and waste 
reduction through our Zero Hero programme 
and our activities since we embarked on our 
greater focus on Sustainability since 2017.  
The Group has already reduced its energy 
consumption by 19% on a like-for-like basis.

We have made the following commitments 
moving forward as part of our strategy:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

to reduce our carbon intensity by  
at least 40% by 2030;

to achieve a further 20% energy  
efficiency improvement by 2025;

to commit to working towards  
and maintaining thereafter 100% 
renewable electricity supply;

to achieve a 30% reduction in water 
consumption by 2030;

to reduce supply chain emissions  
by 30% by 2030;

to reduce waste to landfill by 50%  
by 2030; and

to reduce overall waste volumes  
by 15% by 2030.

We are making progress on delivering those 
commitments through the following work:

•  Our Zero Hero programme brings 

sustainability to life in our bars, through  
a member of management tasked with 
driving more sustainable operations within 
their bar. We offer monthly Group webinars 
partnered with our core suppliers on 
matters close to our hearts, for example, 
energy reduction with our energy supplier, 
and recycling training with Biffa. These 
great ideas are shared on the Bars’  
Hero Boards so the whole team can  
get involved. It really can be as simple  
as remembering to turn off a light!

In April 2020, we moved all our direct 
electricity supplies to a zero-carbon 
supplier whose power is from biomass 
generation. These supplies are backed by 
Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin. 
Electricity supplies that are part of landlord 
services arrangements remain with their 
existing suppliers;

•  We want to work with suppliers who care 
about this as much as us, which is why  
we are embarking on a project to ask our 
major contractors to partner with us on 
sustainable workflows, such as reducing 
the number of vehicle drops to us as part  
of our commercial contracts or taking back 
cardboard for recycling after a delivery;

•  We have adopted a supply chain 
questionnaire as standard for all  
significant tenders;

•  We are trialing new ideas in our quest  
to become Net Zero within our sites;

•  We have implemented the  
following programmes:

- 

- 

recycling zones behind our bars

focused reduction on Out of Hours 
energy consumption

-  ongoing energy efficiency trials 

including new cellar cooling equipment

-  continuing to roll out LED lighting in the 

front of house areas of our bars

As the Group embarks on an enhanced 
refurbishment programme over the next 
couple of years we are placing sustainability 
and energy-savings at the heart of each 
planned refurbishment.

On behalf of the Board.

Danielle Davies
Company Secretary

15 November 2021

Proportion of executive team who 
are female

50%
19%

like-for-like reduction  
of energy consumption since 2017

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
30 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

31
31

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

governance report
32  Board of Directors
34  Senior Management
35  Governance Section: Chairman’s Introduction  

to Governance

 Nomination Committee Report

36   Governance Section: Corporate Governance Report
40  Board Activity
42 
44   Audit Committee Report
48   Directors’ Remuneration Report
54  Directors’ Report
58  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
32 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

BOARD OF

The Directors of  
the Company who 
were in office during 
the year and up  
to the date of  
signing the financial 
statements were:

length of service

0–2 years

2–4 years

4+ years

gender analysis

UPDATE CHART

Male

Female

Executive/non-executive analysis

Rob Pitcher 
Chief Executive Officer
Date appointed to Board
25 June 2018
Relevant past experience
Rob has over 25 years’ experience within the 
hospitality sector, most recently as Divisional 
Director of Restaurants at Mitchells & Butlers 
responsible for the Harvester, Toby Carvery 
and Stonehouse brands. Prior to joining  
M&B, Rob held senior positions at many  
other leading hospitality companies,  
including Stonegate, Laurel Pub Company, 
Spirit Group, and Scottish & Newcastle Retail.

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman
Date appointed to Board
16 February 2015
Relevant past experience
Keith has served on the Boards of public 
companies for over 30 years across a wide 
range of businesses and markets, with 
extensive experience in the retail and 
consumer sectors. Keith’s previous executive 
roles include being Managing Director of 
Arsenal Holdings plc from 2000 to 2008  
and Chief Executive Officer of Storehouse plc 
(encompassing BHS and Mothercare) from 
1993 to 1999. Keith has a BSc in management 
studies from the University of Manchester 
(Institute of Science and Technology). 

Other appointments
Keith is currently a Non-Executive Director of 
Headlam Group Plc, a Non-Executive Director 
of Altitude Group plc, and a Non-Executive 
Director (and Chairman of the Audit Committee) 
of the London Legacy Development 
Corporation. He is also a Non-Executive 
Director of both JE Beale PLC and Beale 
Limited, having been appointed to these 
companies in December 2019 and both being 
put into administration in January 2020.  
He is also a Director of Jewellery Quarter 
Bullion Limited, and a Non-Executive Director 
of E20 Stadium LLP. He was Non-Executive 
Director of Pennetro Energy PLC during part  
of the year and resigned on 15 April 2021.

Executive

Non-Executive

As announced on 13 November 2020, Mike Foster stepped down from his role on the Board 
as Chief Financial Officer at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 22 December 
2020, at which point Danielle Davies was appointed as Chief Financial Officer.

Danielle Davies

Chief Financial Officer

Date appointed to Board

22 December 2020

Relevant past experience

Jemima Bird 

William Tuffy

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Date appointed to Board

19 December 2016

Relevant past experience

Date appointed to Board

26 November 2018

Relevant past experience

Danielle is a Chartered Accountant with 

Jemima is a marketer with more than  

William Tuffy is a Chartered and Certified 

extensive corporate finance and hands-on 

20 years’ experience working with many  

Accountant with over 35 years’ experience 

financial and commercial management 

of the UK’s leading high street brands,  

in senior general and financial management 

experience gained in senior positions at large 

most recently leading the rebrand for the 

roles in retail, FMCG and property 

multi-site retail businesses. Most recently, she 

Co-op Food business. She formed Hello  

investment and management. He has also 

was Chief Financial Officer at Footasylum plc. 

Finch, a brand and marketing consultancy,  

been involved with business transformation 

Prior to that she was Director of Finance at Pets 

in 2013. Between 2008 and 2015, Jemima 

and turnaround projects in companies 

at Home where she worked on a number of 

held executive Board positions at Moss Bros 

ranging from large multi-nationals to 

refinancing activities and acquisitions under 

plc, Tragus and Musgrave Retail Partners. 

mid-sized businesses and start-ups. He has 

private equity ownership, prior to supporting its 

public offering in 2014. She has also performed 

senior financial roles at Matalan, Royal and Sun 

Alliance and the Co-operative Group.

held non-executive positions, including four 

years at Beale plc, during which time he was 

initially senior independent Director and 

then Non-Executive Chairman. Whilst at 

Beale plc, William also served as chair of 

both audit and remuneration committees.

Other appointments

Other appointments

Jemima is a Director of Hello Finch Limited 

William is also a Director of Miromore 

and a Board Trustee for the Football 

Limited and Structadene Limited.

Foundation, the UK’s largest sports charity.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Keith Edelman 

Non-Executive Chairman

Date appointed to Board

16 February 2015

Relevant past experience

Rob Pitcher 

Chief Executive Officer

Date appointed to Board

25 June 2018

Relevant past experience

Keith has served on the Boards of public 

Rob has over 25 years’ experience within the 

companies for over 30 years across a wide 

hospitality sector, most recently as Divisional 

range of businesses and markets, with 

extensive experience in the retail and 

Director of Restaurants at Mitchells & Butlers 

responsible for the Harvester, Toby Carvery 

consumer sectors. Keith’s previous executive 

and Stonehouse brands. Prior to joining  

roles include being Managing Director of 

M&B, Rob held senior positions at many  

Arsenal Holdings plc from 2000 to 2008  

other leading hospitality companies,  

and Chief Executive Officer of Storehouse plc 

including Stonegate, Laurel Pub Company, 

(encompassing BHS and Mothercare) from 

Spirit Group, and Scottish & Newcastle Retail.

1993 to 1999. Keith has a BSc in management 

studies from the University of Manchester 

(Institute of Science and Technology). 

Other appointments

Keith is currently a Non-Executive Director of 

Headlam Group Plc, a Non-Executive Director 

of Altitude Group plc, and a Non-Executive 

Director (and Chairman of the Audit Committee) 

of the London Legacy Development 

Corporation. He is also a Non-Executive 

Director of both JE Beale PLC and Beale 

Limited, having been appointed to these 

companies in December 2019 and both being 

put into administration in January 2020.  

He is also a Director of Jewellery Quarter 

Bullion Limited, and a Non-Executive Director 

of E20 Stadium LLP. He was Non-Executive 

Director of Pennetro Energy PLC during part  

of the year and resigned on 15 April 2021.

Key

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Chair

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

33

C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
a
a
n
n
y
y
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
w
w

i
i

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer
Date appointed to Board
22 December 2020
Relevant past experience
Danielle is a Chartered Accountant with 
extensive corporate finance and hands-on 
financial and commercial management 
experience gained in senior positions at large 
multi-site retail businesses. Most recently, she 
was Chief Financial Officer at Footasylum plc. 
Prior to that she was Director of Finance at Pets 
at Home where she worked on a number of 
refinancing activities and acquisitions under 
private equity ownership, prior to supporting its 
public offering in 2014. She has also performed 
senior financial roles at Matalan, Royal and Sun 
Alliance and the Co-operative Group.

Jemima Bird 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Date appointed to Board
19 December 2016
Relevant past experience
Jemima is a marketer with more than  
20 years’ experience working with many  
of the UK’s leading high street brands,  
most recently leading the rebrand for the 
Co-op Food business. She formed Hello  
Finch, a brand and marketing consultancy,  
in 2013. Between 2008 and 2015, Jemima 
held executive Board positions at Moss Bros 
plc, Tragus and Musgrave Retail Partners. 

Other appointments
Jemima is a Director of Hello Finch Limited 
and a Board Trustee for the Football 
Foundation, the UK’s largest sports charity.

William Tuffy
Independent Non-Executive Director
Date appointed to Board
26 November 2018
Relevant past experience
William Tuffy is a Chartered and Certified 
Accountant with over 35 years’ experience 
in senior general and financial management 
roles in retail, FMCG and property 
investment and management. He has also 
been involved with business transformation 
and turnaround projects in companies 
ranging from large multi-nationals to 
mid-sized businesses and start-ups. He has 
held non-executive positions, including four 
years at Beale plc, during which time he was 
initially senior independent Director and 
then Non-Executive Chairman. Whilst at 
Beale plc, William also served as chair of 
both audit and remuneration committees.
Other appointments
William is also a Director of Miromore 
Limited and Structadene Limited.

Principal skills and experience

Leisure

Retail

Marketing

Operational

People

Finance

Keith Edelman 
Non-Executive Chairman

Rob Pitcher 
Chief Executive Officer

Danielle Davies 
Chief Financial Officer

Jemima Bird 
Senior Non-Executive Director

William Tuffy 
Non-Executive Director

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

SENIOR

In addition to the Executive Directors, the following senior 
managers are considered to have the relevant expertise 
and experience to support the strategic development  
of the Group’s brands and the day-to-day direction and 
decision-making of the business.

Beth Anderson  
People Director

Andy Dyson  
Business Development Director

Alex Young  
Sales & Marketing Director

Beth joined the business in 2012 with a strong 
operational background before moving into 
the People Development Team in 2014.  
Beth has held several roles within the  
People Development team including Human 
Resources Business Partner for the Southern 
region and subsequently National Talent 
Development Manager. She was promoted  
to Head of People in the summer of 2019  
and has recently been further promoted  
to People Director.

Since graduating from university, Beth has 
studied for CIPD qualifications, attaining  
Level 5 CIPD in Learning and Development, 
and completed her Level 7 CIPD qualification 
in Human Resource Management earlier  
this year.

Andy joined the business in 1998, having 
graduated from Leeds University where  
he studied Civil Engineering (BEng (Hons)).  
He has performed several operational roles 
within the Group, including Bar General 
Manager, Area Manager and Operations 
Director – Revolution North. Andy has recently 
been promoted to Business Development 
Director and his many responsibilities are 
primarily associated with ensuring process 
efficiency for those services that cross  
both brands and ensuring that the many and 
varied workstreams driving change and 
innovation, including the development of new 
brands, get the required focus.

Alex joined as maternity cover for the Head  
of Marketing role in December 2018, taking  
on the Interim Sales & Marketing Director  
role in January 2020 covering the remit of the 
sales, marketing and food teams. In December 
2020 Alex joined the Group permanently, 
managing the sales and marketing teams.  
A CIM qualified marketer, Alex began her 
career working in software and logistics, 
expanding to include business development 
when she moved into the festivals and  
events industry.

Fiona Hall  
commercial director 

Clinton Ghent  
Brand Operations Director  
– Revolución De Cuba

Mark Walter  
Brand Operations Director  
– Revolution

Fiona worked with the business as a 
Hospitality Consultant in both 2018 and 2019 
focusing on pricing and margin optimisation.  
In December 2020 Fiona joined the Group 
permanently, managing the Commercial and 
Food teams, and was recently promoted in 
August 2021 to the position of Commercial 
Director. With over 15 years’ experience in  
the industry, Fiona’s focus has been on driving 
margin across multiple companies, such as  
the Stonegate Pub Company, The Alchemist, 
The Deltic Group, Town and City Pubs, Bay 
Restaurant Group and Laurel. Fiona began her 
career working in various blue-chip companies 
including Banks, Telecoms and Tech. She is  
a qualified Chef with an enormous passion  
for Food.

Clinton joined the business in 2008 as  
a General Manager after beginning his  
career with Fat Cat Café Bars. He has been 
responsible for the development and delivery 
of the Revolución de Cuba brand since  
its inception in 2011 and has overseen the 
opening of all of the Revolución de Cuba bars. 

Mark joined the business, as Operations 
Director – Revolution South, in September 2018 
from Mitchells & Butlers where he had been  
a Regional Operations Manager for three years, 
responsible for 125 destination venues. Mark 
has spent his career in hospitality running 
late-night venues, pubs and bars and prior to 
joining Mitchells & Butlers, Mark was an Area 
Manager for Stonegate Pub Company, Town 
and City and Laurel. He is now responsible  
for the day-to-day operations of the entire 
Revolution branded estate.

The business address of each senior manager is:

21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside OL6 6LA.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

35

GOVERNANCE SECTION

This is the 
Company’s  
seventh Governance 
Report.

Compliance with the code

The Board considers that the Group 
has complied with the requirements  
of the Code throughout the reporting 
period but notes that it has not 
included a viability statement in  
its Governance schedule given  
the extensive disclosures on  
going concern that are set out in  
the Directors’ Report and in note 1 of 
the financial statements and further 
references in the Financial Review. 

The Group continues to implement  
a robust governance structure to 
ensure compliance with the Code.  
Key elements include:
• 

 the Board comprises a majority of 
independent Non-Executive Directors,  
of which there are three, including myself 
as Non-Executive Chairman (deemed 
independent on appointment), and two 
Executive Directors;

• 

 each Non-Executive Director has a proven 
track record in business at a high level  
and has good retail and leisure sector skills 
and experience that are highly relevant;

The Board recognises the importance of, and is committed to, high standards  
of corporate governance, and all Directors are fully aware of their duties and 
responsibilities under the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”) 
that became effective for the first time in the prior reporting period, the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (“DTRs”) and the Listing Rules.

Whilst the Company’s ordinary shares are  
now admitted to trading on AIM (following the 
cancellation on 27 July 2020 of the admission 
of the Company’s ordinary shares to listing on 
the FCA’s Official List (premium segment) and 
to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s 
main market for listed securities), the 2021 
Annual Report & Accounts have been 
prepared as if the Company were still  
a fully listed company (complying with the 
requirements of the FCA’s ‘Listing Rules’, 
Schedule 8 (Quoted Companies Directors 
Remuneration Report) as amended by the 
provisions of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Report) 

Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410) and  
The UK Corporate Governance Code).

On 4 November 2021 the Board approved the 
Company’s intended transition to compliance 
with the provisions of Corporate Governance 
Code published by the Quoted Companies 
Alliance (the “QCA Corporate Governance 
Code”) by Spring 2022. It is therefore 
anticipated that the annual report and accounts 
of the Company for the financial year ending 
2 July 2022 will be prepared in accordance 
with the Company’s obligations as an AIM 
company and the requirements of the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code.

• 

• 

• 

 the Board and its sub-committees  
are structured in accordance with the 
requirements for a listed company  
with both the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees fully comprising Non-
Executive Directors. The Non-Executive 
Directors provide critical challenge and 
support to those areas of the Group that 
they believe are of particular importance;

 regular review of new developments  
in corporate governance best practice  
and consideration of how to apply them 
appropriately. The Board is regularly 
updated on corporate governance 
developments by the Company Secretary 
and when new or updated sections of the 
Code are released, it is normal practice  
to arrange, when relevant, for the Group’s 
corporate lawyer to present formally at a 
Board meeting and lead a discussion; and

  an increased focus on increasing the level 
of the Board’s engagement and direction  
in corporate culture and workforce 
engagement, risk management and 
sustainability in acknowledgement of the 
extended responsibilities introduced by the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018.

There have been no changes to the 
composition of the Board or any of its 
sub-committees during the year.

Revolution Bars Group plc Board:

Each Director was selected on the basis  
of having the appropriate level of public 
company, commercial and market sector  
skills required to drive the Group forward.  
The Board takes appropriate advice on 
governance matters from external advisers, 
including its lawyers and a specialist 
remuneration consultant, FIT Remuneration 
Consultants.

The remuneration of Directors is set out in the 
Remuneration Report, which starts on page 48 
and includes a link to the Company’s website 
where the remuneration policy for both 
Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors is detailed.

The Group has the principles of transparency 
and openness at the heart of its culture and  
is committed to achieving high standards  
of corporate governance. The Board firmly 
believes that its corporate governance 
structures and robust processes will help drive 
a more efficient and competitive business 
performance and enable strong relationships 
with all stakeholders.

Keith Edelman
Chairman

15 November 2021

Chairman:

Keith Edelman

Chief  
Executive Officer:

Rob Pitcher

Chief  
Financial Officer:

Danielle Davies

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director:

Independent  
Non-Executive Director:

Jemima Bird

William Tuffy

Audit Committee:

Chair: William Tuffy

Jemima Bird 
Keith Edelman 

Remuneration Committee:

Nomination Committee:

Chair: Jemima Bird

Keith Edelman 
William Tuffy 

Chair: Keith Edelman

Jemima Bird 
Rob Pitcher 
William Tuffy

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
36 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

GOVERNANCE SECTION

overview

This report sets out the Group’s governance structure and how it complies with the UK Corporate Governance  
Code 2018 (the “Code”), published by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2018, and also includes items required  
by the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (“DTRs”). The Code is available on the Financial Reporting  
Council website at www.frc.org.uk. 

The Code has at its heart an updated set of principles that emphasise the value of good corporate governance  
to long-term sustainable success. These principles are:

A 

B 

 A successful Company is led by  
an effective and entrepreneurial 
Board, whose role is to promote  
the long-term sustainable success 
of the Company, generating value 
for shareholders and contributing  
to wider society. 

 The Board should establish the 
Company’s purpose, values and 
strategy, and satisfy itself that  
these and its culture are aligned.  
All Directors must act with integrity, 
lead by example, and promote  
the desired culture. 

C 

 The Board should ensure that the 
necessary resources are in place for 
the Company to meet its objectives 
and measure performance against 
them. The Board should also 
establish a framework of prudent 
and effective controls, which enable 
risk to be assessed and managed. 

D 

 In order for the Company to meet  
its responsibilities to shareholders 
and stakeholders, the Board should 
ensure effective engagement with, 
and encourage participation from, 
these parties. 

The disclosures in this report relate to our 
responsibilities for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts, including compliance 
with the Code to the extent required, our 
report on the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems and 
the functioning of our Committees, and where 
appropriate we have referenced how the 
Board and Company has adapted its approach 
and adopted new workstreams to specifically 
address the principles of the Code.

The Directors consider that the Group  
has complied with those provisions of the 
Code applicable to a company of its size.  
The Board is committed to the highest 
standards of corporate governance.

Whilst the Company’s ordinary shares are  
now admitted to trading on AIM (following the 
cancellation on 27 July 2020 of the admission 
of the Company’s ordinary shares to listing on 
the FCA’s Official List (premium segment) and 
to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s 
main market for listed securities), the 2021 
Annual Report & Accounts have been 
prepared as if the Company were still  
a fully listed company (complying with the 
requirements of the FCA’s ‘Listing Rules’, 
Schedule 8 (Quoted Companies Directors 
Remuneration Report) as amended by the 
provisions of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Report) 
Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410) and The UK 
Corporate Governance Code).

E 

 The Board should ensure that 
workforce policies and practices  
are consistent with the Company’s 
values and support its long-term 
sustainable success. The workforce 
should be able to raise any matters 
of concern.

On 4 November 2021 the Board approved the 
Company’s intended transition to compliance 
with the provisions of Corporate Governance 
Code published by the Quoted Companies 
Alliance (the “QCA Corporate Governance 
Code”) by Spring 2022. It is therefore 
anticipated that the annual report and 
accounts of the Company for the financial  
year ending 2 July 2022 will be prepared in 
accordance with the Company’s obligations  
as an AIM company and the requirements  
of the QCA Corporate Governance Code.

Board Composition

Executive

Non-Executive

Compliance with the Code:  
Board composition
The Board comprises a Non-Executive 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and two 
other Non-Executive Directors and therefore 
has a majority of Non-Executive positions.

All Board members are widely experienced in 
large retail businesses, including the Executive 
Directors who are both very experienced and 
well-respected operators in the sector. The 
Board also has an excellent mix of skills and 
functional disciplines. Details of the Board 
members and their backgrounds are given  
on pages 32 to 33. 

Jemima Bird is the Senior Independent Director 
and leads meetings of Non-Executive Directors, 

appraises the Chairman’s performance and 
provides a sounding board for the Chairman 
and is available as an intermediary to the other 
Directors when necessary. 

Jemima Bird is the designated Non-Executive 
Director in respect of workforce engagement 
and has regular meetings with the Group’s 
People Director to discuss all relevant matters.

Jemima Bird has also been and is available  
to shareholders if they have any concerns. 
Jemima can be contacted by shareholders 
through the normal channels of Chairman, 
Chief Executive Officer (“CEO") or Chief 
Financial Officer (“CFO") where their issues 
have failed to be resolved or for which contact 
with any other office holder is inappropriate.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

37

The Chairman confirmed to shareholders  
in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM") that he and the Board believe that  
the performance of each Director, both 
Executive and Non-Executive, and the  
Board Committees continue to be effective 
and demonstrate commitment to their  
relevant responsibilities.

Board governance
The Board is appointed by shareholders,  
who are the owners of the Group. The Board’s 
principal responsibility is to act in the best 
interests of all shareholders within the legal 
framework of the Companies Act 2006. It is 
also collectively responsible to shareholders  
for the long-term success of the Group and it 
agrees the strategic direction and governance 
structure that will help achieve this long-term 
success and deliver shareholder value. The 
Board oversees those matters that it regards  
as critical to the success of the Group including 
corporate and brand strategies, accounting 
policies and maintaining a sound system of 
internal control, risk management, monitoring 
the performance of senior management and 
ratifying all senior appointments, and 
establishing the remuneration and reward 
framework for the entire workforce to ensure 
that this is consistent with the Group’s cultural 
values and will result in a full engagement. 

The Board’s main responsibilities are included 
in a schedule of matters reserved for the 
Board, as set out below:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 agreeing the Group’s strategy  
and objectives;

 changing the funding structure  
and capital of the Group;

 approving changes to the Group’s  
bank lending facilities; 

 approving the annual budget;

 approving the Annual Report and 
Accounts, and interim financial statements;

 approving the Group’s dividend policy  
and declaration of dividends;

 reviewing the effectiveness of the Board;

 reviewing the effectiveness of risk 
management processes and the Group’s 
internal control systems;

 approving significant expenditure 
commitments and material transactions 
and contracts;

 ensuring dialogue with the Group’s  
major shareholders takes place on  
a regular basis;

 appointing and removing Directors  
and other members of the senior 
management team;

 determining the remuneration policy  
and adjustments to the remuneration for 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
and the senior management team;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 approval of the Group’s bonus and 
incentive arrangements at all levels;

 reviewing the Group’s overall corporate 
governance arrangements;

 delegating authority to the CEO;

 setting annual objectives for the business 
in line with the current Group strategy; 

 monitoring performance of the Group’s 
objectives through Board reports,  
which include updates from the CEO,  
the CFO and other functional heads  
of key departments; and

 considering and continually updating a 
rolling agenda of items that includes any 
current issues or matters as they arise.

The Board has an ongoing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the 
principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. This 
process has been in place throughout the year 
under review and up to the date of approval of 
the Annual Report and Accounts. The principal 
risks are regularly reviewed by the Board.  
A description of these risks together with an 
assessment of how they are being managed 
or mitigated is included on pages 18 and 19.

Effective operation and improvement of  
the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems has remained a key focus  
for the Board during the reporting period.  
The strengthening of the finance team in 
recent years through recruitment and a  
focus on training and development, and 
improvements in financial reporting and 
forecasting capabilities have served the 
business well during 2021 and particularly 
during the COVID challenges. The speed and 
efficiency with which additional debt facilities, 
the equity fundraises and the admission  
to AIM took place was testament to having  
a high-performing team in place. 

The Risk Committee formed in 2018,  
meets quarterly, and continues to improve  
the management of risk across all areas of the 
business and to hold individuals to account. 
The Committee’s terms of reference centre 
around Health and Safety and minimising  
cash losses but extend to the identification 
and management of any business risk. In the 
lead in to, during and post the Government 
enforced closure of pubs and restaurants,  
the Committee members, which are made  
up of relevant management and department 
heads, were focused on the health and safety 
aspects of COVID to ensure that when trading 
was allowed to recommence, the Group could 
provide a safe environment for staff and 
customers. All Board Committees play an 
essential role in supporting the Board to 
implement its strategy and provide focused 
oversight of key aspects of the business. 
Minutes and action points arising from all 
Committee meetings are circulated to all 
Directors and reviewed at Board meetings. 

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

The full terms of reference for each  
Committee are available on the Group’s 
website, www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

Board balance and independence
The Code recommends that a group outside 
the FTSE 350 (such as the Group, an AIM 
listed business) should have at least two 
independent Non-Executive Directors, being 
individuals determined by the Board to be 
independent in character and judgement and 
free from relationships or circumstances which 
may affect, or could appear to affect, the 
Directors’ judgement. It also recommends  
that a non-FTSE 350 group’s remuneration 
and audit committees should comprise at least 
two independent Non-Executive Directors, 
and that its nomination committee should 
comprise a majority of independent Non-
Executive Directors. The Group has complied 
fully with these recommendations throughout 
the reporting period. 

Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer
The Group has established a clear division 
between the respective responsibilities of  
the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board  
and the CEO. The Non-Executive Chairman  
is Keith Edelman and he is responsible for  
the effective operation, leadership and 
governance of the Board, leading the  
Board’s discussions and its decision-making. 
The Chairman promotes a culture of  
openness and debate by facilitating the 
effective contribution of Non-Executive 
Directors and ensuring constructive relations 
between Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. The CEO is Rob Pitcher,  
who, through delegation from the Board,  
is responsible for leading the Group’s  
business organisation and performance and 
the day-to-day management of the Group.

This separation of responsibilities between  
the Chairman and the CEO, coupled with the 
schedule of matters reserved for the Board, 
ensures that no individual has unfettered 
powers of decision-making. 

Non-Executive Directors and 
independence
The independence of each Non-Executive 
Director was considered at the time of their 
appointment. The Group’s Non-Executive 
Directors provide a broad range of skills and 
experience to the Board which assists both in 
their roles in formulating the Group’s strategy 
and in providing constructive challenge to the 
Executive Directors. The Group considers that 
each Non-Executive Director continues to be 
independent for the purposes of the Code.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
38 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board meetings
The Board’s intention is to meet at least  
eight times per year for structured Board 
meetings covering all aspects of the business. 
The operating restrictions imposed by COVID 
from March 2020 made physical meetings 
impossible at times, but many Board calls  
and virtual meetings using video software 
such as Zoom and Teams were used in order 
to hold meetings. These meetings were 
organised and managed in exactly the same 
way as a physical meeting with an agenda and 
papers distributed in advance, the meeting 
chaired in the same way and minutes and 

action points arising from the meeting 
prepared and approved in due course. 
Meeting papers include business reports  
and updates from the CEO and the CFO. 
Members of the Group’s senior management 
team are also invited to present at Board 
meetings on a regular basis, as appropriate,  
so that Non-Executive Directors keep  
abreast of developments in the Group.

Due to COVID-19 and the increased 
complexities and necessary speed associated 
with organising increased debt facilities, the 
equity fundraises, and other urgent matters, 

the Board met on considerably more 
occasions than would be considered normal. 
During the 53 weeks to 3 July 2021 there  
were 26 Board calls or meetings. These 
meetings have been held predominantly 
virtually, with a number attended in-person  
by all members, and on occasion by some 
members depending on requirements.

The attendance record of each of the 
Directors at full Board and the sub-committees 
of the Board is set out below:

Keith Edelman
Rob Pitcher
Danielle Davies
Mike Foster
Jemima Bird
William Tuffy

Board

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

Number of meetings

26
26
15
14
22
21

4
4
4
2
4
4

7
7
5
3
7
7

–
–
–
–
–
–

Attendance of Executive Directors to Remuneration and Audit Committee meetings are by invitation only.

Appointment and tenure
The Board believes that all Directors are 
effective, are committed to their roles and have 
sufficient time available to perform their duties. 
Mike Foster retired from the Board after the 
2020 AGM held on 22 December 2020 and 
Danielle Davies was appointed as CFO.  
All members of the Board will be offering 
themselves for election at the Group’s 2021 
AGM. All Directors have service agreements  
or letters of appointment and the details of the 
terms of their engagement are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report. The service 
agreements and letters of appointment are 
available for inspection at the Group’s 
registered office during normal business hours.

No other contract with the Company or  
any subsidiary undertaking of the Company  
in which any Director was materially  
interested subsisted during or at the  
end of the financial period.

Evaluation and effectiveness
The Chairman met with the Non-Executive 
Directors on at least one occasion during the 
year without the Executive Directors present 
to discuss Board balance, the performance  
of each Executive Director, monitor the 
powers of individual Executive Directors  
and discuss other issues pertaining to the 
effective operation of the Board. 

Development
In line with the Code, the Group ensures  
that any new Directors joining the Board 
receive appropriate support and are given a 
comprehensive, formal and tailored induction 

programme organised through the  
Company Secretary, including the provision  
of background material on the Group, briefings 
with senior management and accompanied 
operational visits. Each Director’s individual 
experience and background will be taken into 
account in developing a programme tailored 
to their requirements. Any new Director will 
also be expected to meet with major 
shareholders if required.

Directors’ conflicts of interest
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid 
situations in which they have or may have 
interests that conflict with those of the Group 
unless that conflict is preauthorised by the 
Board. This includes potential conflicts that 
may arise when a Director takes up a position 
with another company. The Company’s 
Articles of Association allow the Board to 
authorise such potential conflicts, and there  
is a procedure in place to deal with any actual 
or potential conflict of interest. The Board 
deals with each appointment on its individual 
merit and takes into consideration all the 
circumstances. All potential conflicts approved 
by the Board are recorded in a conflicts of 
interest register, which is reviewed by the 
Board on a regular basis to ensure that the 
procedure is working effectively.

At the Board meeting of 15 February 2021, 
William Tuffy advised the Board that he would 
be taking up a directorship at Structadene 
Limited, a private, unquoted company, with 
effect from 1 March 2021. Hatton Garden 
Properties Limited, who are landlord of the 
Swansea bar which belongs to Revolution 

Bars Limited, are a 100% wholly owned 
subsidiary of Structadene Limited.

There were no other potential conflicts  
during the period under review.

External directorships
The service agreements of the Executive 
Directors do not permit them to accept 
external commercial Non-Executive Director 
appointments. Where Non-Executive Directors 
have external directorships, the Board  
is comfortable that these do not impact  
on the time that the Non-Executive Director 
devotes to the Group and believes that  
such experience enhances the capability  
of the Board.

Information and support available 
to Directors
All Board Directors have access to the 
Company Secretary and Assistant Company 
Secretary, who advise on governance matters. 
The Chairman and Company Secretary work 
together to ensure that Board papers are clear, 
accurate, delivered in a timely manner to 
Directors, and of sufficient quality to enable 
the Board to properly discharge its duties. 
Specific business-related presentations are 
given to the Board on a regular basis during 
the course of the year by members of senior 
management to keep the Board abreast of 
major initiatives and any significant challenges 
faced by the business and this allows the 
Board the opportunity to influence and 
challenge business strategy and potentially 
identify other related opportunities. As well  
as the support of the Company Secretary, 

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 39

there is a procedure in place for any Director 
to take independent professional advice at  
the Group’s expense in the furtherance of  
their duties, where considered necessary.

Shareholder engagement
Responsibility for shareholder relations  
rests with the Chairman, the CEO and the 
CFO. They ensure that there is effective 
communication with shareholders on matters 
such as governance and strategy, and they  
are responsible for ensuring that the Board 
understands the views of major shareholders. 
The Board aims to present a balanced and 
clear view of the Group in communications 
with shareholders and seeks to be transparent 
in describing how it views the Group’s market 
segment and the prospects for the business.

The Board communicates with shareholders  
in several ways. The full and half-year reporting 
is followed by presentations by the CEO and 
CFO to relevant market analysts and a series of 
meetings with institutional shareholders as well 
as hosting Group meetings for larger private 
investors who appreciate direct contact with 
the Executive Directors. At the same time,  
the Company’s joint brokers take the 
opportunity to arrange meetings with 
prospective shareholders to introduce them  
to the Group as an investment opportunity. 
Periodically, visits are arranged to business 
sites to give analysts and major shareholders 
first-hand experience of how the business 
operates. These visits and meetings are 
principally hosted by the CEO and the CFO, 
although other senior management is present 
from time to time. Any relevant material 
resulting from such meetings is uploaded  
to the Group’s website so that it is available to 
all shareholders. The Board receives regular 
updates at its meetings on the views of its 
shareholders as well as any material changes 
in shareholdings as advised by its brokers.  
A detailed list of shareholders is updated  
and circulated to the Board quarterly.

The Group’s corporate website is also 
regularly updated with news and market 
information, including this Annual Report and 
Accounts, which sets out the Group’s strategy 
and performance together with its plans for 
future growth.

independent Auditors
Towards the end of the current year’s external 
audit, and therefore after the end of the 
reporting period, the Committee reviewed  
the effectiveness of the audit and concluded  
it was satisfactorily effective.

2021 Annual General Meeting
The AGM of the Company will take place at 
11.00 am on Wednesday 22 December 2021  
at Revolution Bar, Parsonage Gardens, 
Manchester and shareholders will be able  
to attend this year in person. The Notice  
of the 2021 AGM can be found in the Circular 

and discloses the amounts paid to Directors 
during the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021.  
The report includes a link to the Group’s 
corporate website where the remuneration 
policy for the Company’s Directors is set out.

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer  
and Company Secretary

15 November 2021

that will be made available on the Company’s 
website (and posted to shareholders who have 
requested a hard copy of any such document) 
at the same time that this Annual Report and 
Accounts is published and made available  
on the Company’s website. The Notice of  
the 2021 AGM sets out the business of the 
meeting and explanatory notes on all 
resolutions. Separate resolutions are 
proposed in respect of each substantive issue. 
The Chairman, the Chairman of each of the 
Committees and both Executive Directors  
will be present at the 2021 AGM to answer 
shareholders’ questions.

If any amendments to the arrangements for 
the AGM are required due restrictions relating 
to COVID, these will be communicated via the 
website and the regulatory news service.

Remuneration Committee Report
The Remuneration Committee Report is set 
out on pages 48 to 53. The report describes 
how the remuneration policy is implemented 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview40 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

BOARD

BUSINESS REVIEW AND STRATEGY
• 

 Reviewed the Group’s strategy and vision 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Received regular presentations from 
operating division Directors and business 
function Directors to consolidate the 
understanding of trading performance, 
opportunities and challenges

 Reviewed progress reports on major  
work streams, new concepts and  
business plans in pursuance of strategy

 Reviewed various potential  
acquisition opportunities

 Approved CVA of Revolution Bars Limited

 Agreed Board agenda programme  
for the year

FINANCIAL
• 

 Received regular financial performance 
updates from the Chief Financial Officer

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Approved 2020 Annual Report and 
Accounts and Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) business 

 Approved 2021 interim report and  
trading updates

 Reviewed and approved 2021 Forecast 
updates and the annual budget

 Reviewed and approved three-year 
financial model update

INTERNAL CONTROL  
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
• 

 Reviewed minutes of Risk  
Committee meetings

• 

• 

• 

 Received regular reports on litigation  
and regulatory matters including licensing 
updates and health and safety matters

 Reviewed effectiveness of risk 
management and internal control systems

 Reviewed all insurance arrangements 
ahead of June 2021 renewal

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

41

GOVERNANCE AND SHAREHOLDERS
 Executive Director virtual meetings  
• 
with individual institutional shareholders 
following publication of FY20 results  
and FY21 interims

 Reviewed feedback from institutional 
shareholders following Executive  
Director meetings 

 Review of shareholder register (quarterly)

• 

 Approved 2020 Modern Slavery Statement

 Received regular updates on health  
and safety

 Reviewed and amended Company Share 
Dealing Policy following the Company’s 
admission to AIM

 Approved amendments to Terms  
of Reference for Audit, Remuneration  
and Nomination Committees following  
the Company’s admission to AIM

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

COVID-19
• 

 Reviewed and approved several market 
updates on trading and measures to 
improve liquidity and access to funding 

• 

 Approval of a two-staged increase in  
bank lending facilities, including a new 
£16.5 million CBILS facility, and further  
£3.5 million CLBILS facility in April 2021

 Approval of shareholder circular in relation 
to a Placing and Placing and Open Offer  
to raise £15.0 million of new equity in  
July 2020 and a further £21.0 million  
of new equity in June 2021

• 

• 

 Regular progress reviews of measures 
taken to minimise the Group’s cost base 
during the enforced closure period

 Reviews of safety protocols for reopening 
to ensure that all reasonable measures 
were being taken in accordance with 
available guidance for the safe operation  
of venues for both team members  
and customers

OTHER
• 

 Reviewed and approved changes to  
the Executive Management structure

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Reviewed the Group’s IT strategy, including 
proposed changes to systems architecture, 
cyber-security protection, GDPR 
procedures, and organisational changes  
to encourage more proactive development 
to drive competitive advantage

 Reviewed and approved major supply 
contract proposals with major drink and 
food brands

 Reviewed six-monthly Quality-of-Life 
Survey results undertaken across the 
entire workforce to better understand the 
levels of workforce engagement and any 
underlying issues requiring attention

 Top to bottom review of bonus incentives 
for employees at all levels to ensure 
improved balance and fairness between 
different groups of employees 

 Reviewed and recommended grant of 
share options for certain senior employees 
to Remuneration Committee

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
42 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Dear  
shareholder
I am pleased  
to introduce  
the report of  
the Nomination 
Committee for  
the 53 weeks  
to 3 July 2021. 

Responsibilities
The Committee’s terms of reference can  
be found on the Group’s website and can  
be obtained from the Company Secretary.  
The responsibilities of the Committee, as 
covered in its terms of reference, include 
reviewing the Board composition, appointing 
new Directors, the reappointment and 
re-election of existing Directors, succession 
planning taking into account the skills and 
expertise that will be needed on the Board  
in the future, reviewing the time requirement 
from Non-Executive Directors, determining 
membership of Board Committees and their 
modus operandi, and ensuring an objective 
evaluation of the performance of the  
Board and each Director takes place  
on a regular basis. 

Composition
The Code recommends that a majority  
of members of the Nomination Committee 
should be independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is chaired by me  
as independent Non-Executive Chairman,  
and its other members are Jemima Bird  
and William Tuffy who are independent 
Non-Executive Directors, and the Chief 
Executive officer (“CEO"), Rob Pitcher. 
Accordingly, the Committee complies with  
the Code recommendation. By invitation,  
the meetings of the Committee may be 
attended by the Chief Financial Officer  
(“CFO") although this did not occur during  
the year under review. 

Meetings and attendance
During the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021,  
the Nomination Committee did not meet 
formally due to the only recent change to  
the Board being agreed in FY20, being the 
appointment of Danielle Davies. Furthermore, 
Board attention has been focussed on 
COVID-19 in the year. The Committee formally 
reviews succession plans for all Board and 
senior management positions so that in the 
event of unforeseen events, there is a clear 
and agreed understanding of both the 
short-term and long-term actions that would 
be implemented, and in certain cases other 
changes made to ensure that appropriate 
contingencies are in place and operational 
vulnerabilities minimised. 

The Committee will continue to meet formally 
at least once a year from FY22 and at such 
other times as the Board or the Committee 
Chairman requires. The Committee has access 
to sufficient resources to carry out its duties, 
including the services of the Company 
Secretary. Independent external legal and 
professional advice is taken if the Committee 
believes it is necessary to do so, this typically 
being related to executive search matters  
and Board performance evaluation.

Election of Directors
On the recommendation of the Committee, 
per the articles of association, and in line  
with the Code, each of the Company’s  
serving Directors will stand for election at  
the forthcoming AGM and will subsequently 
offer themselves for re-election on an annual 
basis.The biographical details of the Directors 
are set out on pages 32 to 33.

Diversity
We pride ourselves on being a diverse  
and inclusive business. All employees  
are welcomed and treated with respect, 
regardless of their background. We are 
committed to offering equal opportunities for 
colleagues to develop, progress and grow. 

The Committee supports the 
recommendations outlined in the Hampton-
Alexander Review “FTSE Women Leaders” 
and is aware of the need to increase the 
number of women on the Board and in other 
senior management positions. The Board 
strives to make appointments based on merit 
and against objective criteria to ensure the 
best individual is appointed for each role and 
that the appointee can add to or complement 
the existing range of skills and experience of 
the relevant team. However, the Board is also 
committed to equality and acknowledges that 
it must lead by example. Recent senior 
management appointments of Chief Financial 
Officer, People Director, Marketing and Sales 
Director, and Commercial Director have  
all involved members of the Board in the 
appointment process and all appointees  
have been female. At the end of the reporting 
period, 45% (2020: 30%) of the positions  
at Board and senior management level were 
female. This represents a significant step 
forward towards gender equality and the 

We have created a D&I Board represented 
by individuals across the workforce  
to bring a voice to our colleagues”

Keith Edelman 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 43

Gender pay gap
Following the disruption caused by the 
enforced closure of the business during 
COVID-19 and the allowance in accordance 
with the extension granted by the GEO and 
EHRC in the prior year, the Group published  
its gender pay report in late 2021. The effect  
of COVID-19 has reduced the qualifying 
workforce for analysis in the report, and the 
Group therefore expects to present a more 
meaningful measurement in 2022 also.  
The latest report can be downloaded  
from our corporate website at  
www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

I hope to be able to take any questions from 
shareholders on the work of the Nomination 
Committee at the Annual General Meeting  
on 22 December 2021.

Keith Edelman
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

15 November 2021

Employee Gender split

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

Male

Female

Board and senior 
management gender split

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Male

Female

Board believes that appointing females  
to these key positions will help drive change 
throughout the Group. 

Our commitment to supporting equality  
and diversity has been demonstrated by  
being regularly represented at and actively 
participating in “Women in Hospitality,  
Travel and Leisure”, which is a forum for 
organisations in our industry sector to 
collaborate and work up tangible actions  
to improve diversity and inclusion across  
the sector. We have also provided support  
in the form of hosting facilities, including free 
food and drink, for Plan B mentoring events. 
Plan B mentoring is an initiative organised by  
a small group of female hospitality executives, 
to prepare senior women executives for  
Board level positions in our sector.

Of 2,495 employees, females represented 
approximately 46% of the workforce as at 
3 July 2021 (27 June 2020: 45%). The Group  
is committed to continuing to develop the 
potential of its female employees through  
its training programmes and its corporate 
development pipeline.

Diversity also encompasses background, 
ethnicity and disability. The Board is fully 
committed to the principles of equality and 
diversity throughout the business and 
recognises that there is more to achieve in  
this area. During the year, we continued our 
Diversity and Inclusion strategy, focused  
solely on driving the right behaviours and 
actions across every part of the business.  
We have created a D&I Board represented  
by individuals across the workforce to bring a 
voice to our colleagues, and we have invested 
significant training resource to ensure that 
every employee understands and is fully 
engaged with the principles. Every employee 
has been required to undertake an online 
training module on equality and diversity.  
The training module concludes with a short 
test and the training does not complete until  
a pass has been achieved.

The Board acknowledges the recent protests 
against racism and understands that it needs 
to listen more closely to both our teams  
and our guests as part of our own ongoing 
education in these matters. We know that 
tackling inequality begins by understanding it, 
recognising it, and then calling it out. We are 
committed to listening more intently to our 
teams’ views and providing a safe place for 
them to share their ideas, thoughts, and 
feedback. This will better inform us, aid our 
understanding of the wider issues and ensure 
that both as a business and as a team we  
learn and move forward in the right way.

 
 
 
 
44 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Dear  
shareholder
I am pleased  
to introduce  
the report of  
the Audit Committee 
for the 53 weeks 
ended 3 July 2021. 

The Code recommends that all members of 
the Committee be Non-Executive Directors, 
independent in character and judgement and 
free from any relationship or circumstance 
which may, could or would be likely to, or 
appear to, affect their judgement and that  
at least one such member has recent and 
relevant financial experience. Accordingly, the 
Committee comprises all three independent 
Non-Executive Directors including me as 
Committee Chairman, considered by the 
Board to have recent and relevant financial 
experience due to my previous experience as 
an Audit Committee Chair in another publicly 
listed company, in other senior financial roles, 
and my FCA and FCCA qualifications.

I have over 35 years’ experience in senior 
general and financial management roles in 
Retail, FMCG and property investment and 
management and have been involved with 
business transformation and turnaround 
projects in companies ranging from large 
multi-nationals to mid-sized businesses and 
start-ups. I have also held Non-Executive 
positions, including four years at Beale plc, 
during which I was initially senior independent 
Director and then Non-Executive Chairman. 
Whilst at Beale plc, I served as chair of both 
audit and remuneration committees. I have 
solid experience in retail and many other 
complimentary sectors and am therefore 
suitably experienced to lead the Committee.

Regular Committee meetings are also 
normally attended by the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and our 
external auditor, PwC. The Chief Financial 
Officer, who is also the Company Secretary, 
acts as secretary to the Committee. Other 
members of management, particularly senior 
financial managers, may be invited to attend 
depending on the matters under discussion.

The Committee meets at least twice a year  
at the appropriate times in the reporting and 
audit cycle and seeks also to ensure that  
twice per annum there is an opportunity  
for meeting time with the external auditor 
without members of management present. 
The Committee was set up by the Board to 
assist it with its responsibilities in respect of 
financial reporting, including reviewing annual 

and half-year results, external auditing,  
internal controls, and advising on the 
independence and appointment of the 
external auditor. The Committee routinely 
reviews the impact of any upcoming changes 
in accounting treatment as a result of new  
or modified IFRS that are likely to materially 
impact the Group and also reviews as a matter 
of course any matters considered by the 
external auditor to be of significant audit risk. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”)  
was appointed as the Group’s external  
auditor on 29 January 2018; the period  
under review represents their fourth year  
of audit. The Committee is satisfied that  
PwC has undertaken its responsibilities  
as the Group’s external auditor to a high  
standard and therefore the Committee will  
be recommending that PwC be reappointed 
as auditor at the 2021 Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”). The PwC audit partner responsible 
for the Group is Randal Casson.

During the year, the Directors continued  
to assess the following key areas:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Board governance, including the 
Committee and the procedure for 
assessing the Group’s key risks;

 management accounting processes  
to ensure that high-quality information  
is provided to the Board;

 external financial reporting procedures  
and audit arrangements and reporting 
standards, with a particular focus in the 
prior and current year on the impact and 
disclosures relating to IFRS 16, as well  
as appropriateness of going concern 
conclusions and stress testing;

 complex transactions such as the 
arrangements to surrender and re-gear  
a number of leases including deferred 
consideration and a subsequent 
renegotiation of the consideration 
following the Government enforced closure 
of venues, and the accounting for a number 
of unique circumstances, including reliefs 
provided by stakeholders as a result  
of COVID-19;

 information systems; and

 budgeting and forecasting procedures  
and controls.

The Committee routinely reviews  
the impact of any upcoming changes  
in accounting treatment as a result  
of new or modified IFRS.”

William Tuffy 
Chair of the Audit Committee

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

45

The Directors recognise the need to maintain 
robust financial reporting procedures, review 
them on a continuing basis and adapt them  
to changing circumstances. Their review  
forms part of the Committee’s agenda going 
forward together with its wider role and 
responsibilities, which are set out in more 
detail in this report.

I hope to be able to take any questions from 
shareholders at the AGM on 22 December 
2021, at which the Annual Report will be 
approved, to answer any questions on the 
work of the Audit Committee.

Assessing effectiveness of external 
audit process
Whilst the Committee does not rely solely  
on the work of the external auditor, it regards 
the breadth and quality of the work performed 
by the external auditor as contributing 
significantly to several of the Committee’s 
objectives, particularly regarding assurance 
relating to the accuracy and reliability of its 
external reporting and for reviewing 
objectively the Group’s systems and internal 
controls. For that reason, planning meetings 
are held with the external auditor to review 
their proposed work programmes and any 
recommendations made by the external 
auditor are reviewed in depth, as are their 
findings from their review of the interim and 
year-end accounts. The Committee meets  
to discuss the performance of the external 
auditor and to consider priority areas for  
future work.

For the auditor to be fully effective, they must 
be totally independent from the Company.  
To that end, the Committee intends to ensure 
that no other work is performed by the 
external auditor so that their independence  
is not compromised. New EU legislation on 
permitted non-audit services came into effect 
from 17 June 2016 which introduced a 
permitted non-audit services fee cap of 70%  
of the average audit fee over a consecutive 
three-year period. This cap came into effect 
for the Group in the prior financial period, 
ended 27 June 2020. During the year,  
the value of non-audit services provided  
by the external auditor amounted to nil  
(2020: £0.02 million). The non-audit services  
in the prior year related only to the interim 
review; whilst this is classified as non-audit 
work, the Committee believes that it is 
incidental to the role as auditor and is 
supportive to performing its role as auditor. 
Following the move to AIM, an interim review 
by the auditors is no longer required.

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s terms of reference can  
be found on the Group’s website or may  
be obtained from the Company Secretary.  
The primary function of the Audit Committee  
is to assist the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities to protect the interests of 
shareholders as to the integrity of financial 
reporting, audit, risk management and internal 
controls. In doing so the Committee shall act  
in a way which would be most likely to 
promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole and in so 
doing have regard (amongst other matters) to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the likely long-term consequences  
of any decision; 

 the impact of the Company’s operations  
on the community and the environment; 

 the desirability of the Company maintaining 
a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and

 any other matters required to be 
considered in accordance with section 172 
of the Companies Act 2006.

External Audit 
• 

 Audit tender process: The Committee 
oversees the exercise of undertaking  
a tender for external audit services as 
required. The last such tender was in 2018. 

• 

• 

 Appointment, reappointment and 
dismissal of auditor: Taking into  
account the obligations noted above,  
the Committee considers and makes 
recommendations to the Board, to be  
put to the shareholders for approval at  
the AGM, regarding the appointment and 
reappointment or dismissal of the external 
auditor. The Committee oversees the 
selection process of new auditors and 
ensures that all firms participating in the 
tender process are given access to such 
information and individuals as may be 
appropriate. If an auditor resigns the 
Committee investigates the circumstances 
and decides whether any action is required. 

 Remuneration of auditor: The Committee 
approves the remuneration and terms of 
engagement, including an engagement 
letter, ensuring that the level of fees is 
appropriate to enable an effective and 
high-quality audit to be conducted. The 
Committee reviews the audit fees annually 
and also considers any other fees 
proposed in respect of non-audit activities, 
particularly in relation to the impact this 
may have on independence, taking into 
account the relevant regulations and 
ethical guidance on the subject.

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Independence of auditor: The Committee, 
at least annually, reviews and satisfies itself 
with the independence and objectivity of 
the external auditor, in consideration of 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
guidelines. The Committee satisfies itself 
that there are no relationships such as 
family employment or financial investment, 
or other business arrangements between 
the Group and the auditor, other than in the 
ordinary course of business and also 
monitors the auditor’s compliance with 
relevant ethical and professional guidance 
on the rotation of audit partners, the level 
of fees paid by the Company compared  
to the overall fee income of the firm, office, 
partner and other related requirements. 

 Audit effectiveness: The Committee 
reviews the effectiveness of the external 
audit process, taking account of relevant 
UK professional and regulatory 
requirements. 

 Employment of former employees  
of auditors: The Committee recommends  
to the Board a policy on the employment  
of former employees of the auditors and 
monitors implementation of this policy. 

 Audit qualifications: The Committee 
annually assesses the qualifications of  
the auditors, their expertise and resources, 
as well as the effectiveness of the  
audit process.

•  Coordination with internal audit:  
The Committee seeks to ensure 
coordination of internal audit activities 
alongside the external audit. 

• 

 Audit planning: The Committee meets 
regularly with the auditors including at  
the planning stage for the year-end, where 
the scope of the audit and the annual audit 
plan are considered in relation to areas of 
high risk based on business developments 
and performance in the year, and post the 
detailed audit work and prior to finalisation 
of the financial statements. The Committee 
reviews the findings of the audit and 
discusses any major issues arising during 
the audit, any relevant accounting and audit 
judgements, the levels of errors identified 
during the audit and the effectiveness  
of the audit. The Committee also discusses 
any matters the auditor wishes to raise  
(in the absence of management,  
if appropriate). The Committee ensures 
that any representation letters, 
management letters and responses from 
management is reviewed and acted upon. 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview46 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Financial Statements 
• 

 Integrity of financial statements: The 
Committee monitors the integrity of the 
financial statements by a process of 
reviewing and challenging, as appropriate: 

- 

- 

the consistency of or changes  
to accounting practices and policies 
across the Group including  
going concern; 

the methods used to account for 
significant or unusual transactions 
where different approaches may  
give materially different outcomes;

-  whether the Group has followed 

appropriate accounting standards  
and made appropriate estimates  
and judgements, and considering the 
views of the external auditor; and

- 

the clarity of disclosure in the 
Company’s financial statements and  
the corporate governance statement, 

and reports to the Board if it is not satisfied 
with any aspect of the proposed financial 
statements. 

 Significant issues and judgements:  
The Committee reviews and may report  
to the Board for ratification of significant 
financial reporting issues and critical 
judgements contained in the financial 
statements, particularly if the auditors have 
expressed any uncertainty or concerns. 

 Other statements containing financial 
information: The Committee reviews other 
statements containing financial information 
where a review prior to Board approval is 
practicable and consistent with any prompt 
reporting requirements under any law or 
regulation including the AIM Regulations. 

 Annual Report and Accounts: The 
Committee reviews the content of the 
Annual Report and Accounts and advises 
the Board on whether, taken as a whole,  
it is fair, balanced and understandable  
and provides the information necessary  
for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy, 
and whether it informs the Board’s 
statement in the Annual Report on these 
matters as required under the Code.

• 

• 

• 

Other Matters 
• 

 Corporate Governance: The Committee 
gives due consideration to laws and 
regulations, the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and the 
requirements of the AIM Regulations and 
any other applicable rules, as appropriate.

• 

 Whistleblowing: The Committee reviews 
the Group’s procedures for handling 
allegations from whistleblowers and 
ensures that these arrangements allow  
for proportionate and independent 
investigation of such matters and 
appropriate follow up. The Committee 

• 

• 

reviews the Company’s procedures for 
detecting fraud and the systems and 
controls for the prevention of bribery  
and receives reports of non-compliance. 

 Training: The Committee is provided with 
appropriate and timely training, both in  
the form of an induction programme for 
new members and on an ongoing basis  
for all members. 

 S172 CA2006: The Committee assists  
the Board in relation to preparing the 
statement required to be published 
annually describing how the Directors have 
had regard to the matters set out in section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006.

• 

 Performance review: The Committee 
arranges for periodic reviews of its own 
performance, and, at least annually, 
reviews its constitution and terms of 
reference, to ensure that it is operating at 
maximum effectiveness and recommends 
any changes that it considers necessary  
to the Board for approval.
Meetings and attendance
During the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021,  
the Audit Committee met formally on four 
occasions, with all members attending.  
At all of the meetings, the Committee had 
access to the external auditor without 
management present. 

Work performed by the Committee during  
the financial year has included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 reviewing the Annual Report and  
Accounts for 2020 and recommending  
to the Board its adoption as fair, balanced 
and understandable. In fulfilling this task, 
the Committee reviewed the process 
undertaken to produce the Annual Report 
and Accounts 2020, which included 
internal verification processes and  
content approval procedures;

 reviewing the Group’s accounting policies 
and critical judgements and sources of 
estimation and uncertainty including the 
appropriateness of going concern; 

 reviewing the designation of certain items 
of income and expenditure as Exceptional 
and appropriateness of alternative 
performance measures;

 reviewing compliance with and explaining 
any exceptions from the UK Corporate 
Governance Code;

 reviewing the independence and 
objectivity of PwC as external auditor, 
together with its effectiveness, following 
the 2020 audit and recommending its 
appointment to shareholders at the 
General Meeting in February 2021;

 reviewing the transitional rules for the 
implementation of IFRS 16, its impact on 
the presentation of the financial statements 
and the adoption of pro forma disclosures 

• 

• 

• 

in order to show IAS 17 comparatives  
in the FY20 reporting; 

 reviewing the auditor comments on the 
FY21 interim announcement;

 reviewing and approving the external audit 
plan for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021;

 receiving the external auditor’s reports  
to the Committee and acting on any 
recommendations therein; and

• 

 considering the risk assessment, mitigation 
actions and assurance activities produced 
by management.
Internal audit
The Group does not have an internal audit 
function and to date has considered that  
the key risks to the business are covered  
by a combination of resources including its 
compliance department, stock-takers and  
area managers.

The Group’s compliance department is 
responsible for managing many of the  
principal risks facing the business concerning 
alcohol licensing and health and safety.  
Their work is supported by external 
consultants and as part of these arrangements 
annual contracts are in place to provide at 
least two audit visits per annum to every 
trading venue by fully qualified health and 
safety advisers. Additionally, the Group’s 
compliance department monitors and acts on 
any matters relating to cash and stock losses.

For most of the period under review, the 
Group employed two stock-takers who check 
stocks and other compliance matters such as 
cash controls on a risk assessed basis. Each 
bar’s stock is counted on average between  
six and eight times per annum. Stock-take 
results are reviewed by both operational and 
compliance management immediately the 
results become available.

An important element of the area manager’s 
role is to perform spot checks on cash, stocks, 
licensing and health and safety matters,  
as part of their regular site visits. The area 
manager assessments are used, amongst 
other things, for performance assessing 
general managers; poor scores relating to 
these matters and brand standards reduce  
the bonus earnings potential of a bar’s 
management team. 

Risk Committee
To strengthen and complement the Audit 
function, a Risk Committee is chaired by the 
Chief Financial Officer and comprises several 
members of the senior management team 
including the Heads of Compliance, Property, 
Operations, Food, IT and People. The purpose 
of the Committee, which is not a Board 
committee, is:

• 

 to identify, mitigate and prevent risk  
as far as possible;

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

47

• 

• 

• 

 to protect the financial, physical and 
reputational image of the business;

 to ensure that the Group fulfils its legal  
and statutory obligations; and

 to ensure visibility and transparency  
over controls.

The Committee’s terms of reference are 
available from the Company Secretary and 
can be found on the Company’s website at 
www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

During the period, the Committee was only 
able to hold two of its quarterly meetings with 
all members or their deputies attending those 
meetings. Following COVID-19, a key focus for 
the business was operating in a safe manner 
for all staff and customers and this was a key 
agenda item at all senior management team 
meetings rendering the quarterly Risk 
Committee meetings during this period 
unnecessary. The key activities of the 
Committee during the period have been:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 to monitor the audits carried out by the 
external consultants and to ensure any 
critical issues identified have been rectified 
in a timely function;

 to monitor health and safety standards  
in bars including compliance certification, 
reviews of updated risk assessments, and 
compliance with all matters concerning 
food safety;

 to review serious incidents involving staff 
or customers to ensure that all lessons are 
learned and that any necessary 
improvements to controls and procedures 
to prevent a recurrence are acted upon;

 to ensure the Company adheres strictly  
to the licensing objectives to protect all 
premises’ licenses;

 to ensure that all changes in relevant 
legislation and policies are identified  
and acted upon in a timely manner; and

 to review insurance policies and coverage.

• 
Significant accounting matters
In reviewing the financial statements with 
management and the external auditor, the 
Committee has discussed and debated  
the critical accounting judgements and key 
sources of estimation uncertainty as set out in 
note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. 

As a result of its review, the Committee has 
identified the following items that require 
particular judgement or have significant 
impact on the interpretation of the Annual 
Report and Accounts for 2021:

• 

 Accrued rebates from suppliers: Rebates 
are usually invoiced on a monthly or 
quarterly basis based on supplied volumes 
and whilst these can usually be quickly 
assessed post-period, judgements  
are sometimes required as to whether 
longer-term contractual thresholds will  

profit and loss account. The charge in  
the reporting period comprises a gain  
on disposal from surrender of leases, 
impairment of property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use assets,  
and costs involved with the property 
restructure, including costs associated  
with the Company Voluntary Arrangement 
(see note 3 to the consolidated financial 
statements). The Committee considered 
the appropriateness of presenting these 
items as exceptional.

 Going concern: The Committee  
recognises that with the degree of 
uncertainty in the trading outlook and  
the ever changing position of both the  
UK Government and the devolved 
administrations, and notwithstanding  
that the business has a level of liquidity  
that under normal circumstances would  
be more than adequate to allow going 
concern sign-off of the financial 
statements, it is right to reference  
material uncertainty when considering 
going concern statements. Detailed 
descriptions are given with regard to the 
Board’s assumptions on its base case 
forecast scenario as well as a severe but 
plausible downside forecast scenario  
so that users of the accounts are able  
to understand the trading backdrops that 
would likely require a further injection  
of liquidity over and above that which is 
currently committed. The Committee has 
carefully studied the assumptions relating 
to both sets of projections and believes 
that they are sensible and appropriate  
to the circumstances.

The Committee reviewed reports presented 
by PwC detailing its key audit findings in 
relation to the above matters.

William Tuffy
Chair of the Audit Committee

15 November 2021

be met. Good records are maintained in 
this area to monitor volumes on a contract 
by contract basis and reviewed monthly  
by senior finance management, thus 
minimising the degree of judgement 
required. There is further complexity due  
to the COVID-19 pandemic and various 
periods of enforced closure of bars.  
All major supplier contracts have been 
extended or terms modified in order to 
ensure that commitments to contractual 
volumes can be maintained. Where 
relevant, the Committee is satisfied that 
appropriate judgements have been made. 

• 

•  Recoverable amount of property, plant 
and equipment: The Group keeps the 
carrying value of its fixed assets under 
review. Formal procedures are used in 
each external reporting period to assess 
the appropriateness of the balance sheet 
asset carrying values. Due to the adoption 
of IFRS 16 in FY20, right-of-use assets have 
been recognised in respect of leasehold 
properties, substantially increasing 
reported tangible asset values and 
necessitating more extensive and rigorous 
impairment testing. Regears in the year  
as a result of COVID-19 have also resulted 
in significant increased right-of-use assets. 
Also, the ongoing and frequently changing 
operating restrictions and rules and 
availability of Government support has 
caused significant difficulty in assessing 
the near-term and medium-term trading 
outlook. Impairment calculations are based 
upon assumptions that were considered 
reasonable as at the balance sheet date. 
However, given the timing to publishing the 
financial statements, additional disclosures 
are given in note 1 to the financial 
statements to provide an understanding  
of the charges that would have resulted 
had the current outlook been apparent  
at the balance sheet date. The Committee 
has considered and approved the 
assumptions regarding trading outlook  
at both the balance sheet date and at  
the date of signing the accounts, as well  
as scrutinised all resultant impairment 
charges. The Committee has also 
approved a dilapidations provision to 
recognise that amounts may be payable  
on the expiration of lease terms if the 
Group is unable or unwilling to extend  
the lease on agreeable terms.

•  Capitalisation of employment costs:  

The Committee has reviewed capitalisation 
policies, in particular the capitalisation  
of internal costs in relation to property 
development and IT systems development 
and is satisfied that its policies and the 
amounts capitalised are appropriate.

• 

 Exceptional items: Exceptional items on  
a pre-tax basis of £5.4 million (2020: £27.8 
million) represent a material item in the 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview48 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 

Dear  
shareholder
I am pleased  
to present,  
on behalf  
of the Board,  
the Directors’ 
Remuneration 
Report of the 
Remuneration 
Committee. 

Following the Company’s move to AIM last year, the Company is not required  
to apply the full Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority or the 
requirements of Schedule 8 (Quoted Companies Directors Remuneration 
Report) as amended by the provisions of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Report) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410) 
(the “Regulations”) and The UK Corporate Governance Code) and hence is not 
required to present a report on remuneration in accordance with those rules. 
However, the Board considers it appropriate for the Company to provide 
shareholders with information in respect of executive remuneration that follows 
the “spirit” of the Regulations where appropriate.

Performance and reward in relation 
to the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021
COVID-19 has continued to severely impact 
the performance of the business following 
ongoing forced closures, tier systems and 
significant restrictions on trade. When 
permitted to trade, the business has 
performed well. Management is also pleased 
with the return of customers and sales since 
the reopening of hospitality on 12 April 2021, 
which again was restricted by outdoor trading 
until 17 May 2021, and then social distancing 
restrictions for the remainder of the period. 
Pent-up demand continues to entice our 
young customer base back, and the Group 
remains hopeful for a sustained return to 
normality and positive trading through FY22.

Due to lengthy closure periods and restrictions 
on trading, the priorities of the senior team 
shifted to ensuring the survival of the business 
through careful cash management, engaging 
with all stakeholders including suppliers and 
landlords to elicit support, ensuring that the 
Group was able to take maximum advantage 
of the many forms of Government support,  
and improving cash liquidity through agreeing 
a substantial increase in debt funding facility 
and two equity fundraises. 

This has continued to be a period like no  
other in the Group’s history, and one that has 
stretched the senior management team to  

new limits. Rarely does such good underlying 
business progress and high personal 
performances go without reward. However, 
the management team, working closely with 
the Committee throughout this difficult period, 
agreed significant salary reductions to support 
the business and to show solidarity with many 
other stakeholders who have provided 
support through this challenging period,  
and concluded that it was not appropriate  
to operate an annual bonus plan for the  
FY21 financial period notwithstanding  
the management team’s strong personal 
performance.

Implementation of the policy in FY22
In respect of operating the Remuneration 
Policy in FY22:

• 

 no changes, aside from a cost of living 
increase, will be made to base salaries  
of the Executive Directors, benefits or 
pension provisions. Any new Excutive 
Board appointments would receive 
workforce aligned pension provision;

•  annual bonus provision for FY22 will be 
capped at 100% of salary for Executive 
Directors with a majority based on sliding 
scale profit-related targets and a minority 
based on strategic targets. While the  
profit and strategic targets are currently 
commercially sensitive, details of the 
targets and performance against the 
targets will be disclosed in next year’s 
Directors’ Remuneration Report;

This has continued to be a period like no 
other in the Group’s history, and one that 
has stretched the senior management 
team to new limits. Rarely does such good 
underlying business progress and high 
personal performance go without reward.”

Jemima Bird 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

49

• 

the Committee intends to grant Restricted 
Share Awards (“RSAs”) in line with the 
Remuneration Policy approved by 
shareholders in 2020 which will: 

-  be set at no more than 100% of salary 

for Executive Directors;

-  vest after three years from the grant 

date, subject to continued employment, 
satisfactory individual performance  
and a positive assessment against a 
performance underpin. No shares can 
be disposed of by Executive Directors 
until at least five years from grant, other 
than those required to settle any taxes 
directly related to the vesting of  
those shares.

 Further details in respect of the RSA grant 
for 2021 are set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

•  shareholding guidelines will continue  
to operate at 200% of salary; and

• 

 the two non-executive Directors (not 
including the Chairman) both received  
a £5,000 fee uplift for FY22.

Committee activities
The Committee met seven times during the 
year. The Committee’s main activities were to:

• 

 determine the Chairman’s fee and the 
framework and policy for the remuneration 
of the Executive Directors and other 
members of the Executive Committee  
and ensure that they remained appropriate 
in light of Covid-19;

•  advise on the design of, and to determine 

and agree, the total individual 
remuneration package of each of the 
Executive Directors and other members  
of the Executive Committee, giving due 
regard to any relevant legal requirements, 
the provisions and recommendations set 
out in the prevailing Code and the AIM 
Rules and associated guidance;

•  consider and approve the design of,  

and targets for, the annual bonus (which 
was initially postponed and then ultimately 
cancelled for FY21) and long-term share 
schemes operated for the Executive 
Directors and other members of the 
Executive Committee; and

• 

 oversee remuneration and benefit 
structures and policies throughout the 
Group’s business and to give advice  
on any major changes.

In addition, the Committee has considered 
how the Policy and practices are consistent 
with the six factors set out in Provision 40 of 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code:

•  Clarity: Our Policy is understood by our 

senior executive team and has been clearly 
articulated to our shareholders and 

representative bodies (both on an ongoing 
basis and when changes are proposed).

•  Simplicity: The Committee is mindful of the 
need to avoid overly complex remuneration 
structures which can be misunderstood and 
deliver unintended outcomes. Therefore, a 
key objective of the Committee is to ensure 
that our executive remuneration policies 
and practices are straightforward to 
communicate and operate.

•  Risk: Our Policy has been designed to 
ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is 
discouraged and will not be rewarded  
via: (i) the balanced use of annual and 
long-term pay; (ii) the significant role 
played by equity in our remuneration 
arrangements; and (iii) malus/clawback 
provisions.

•  Predictability: Our incentive plans are 

subject to individual caps and our share 
plans are also subject to market standard 
dilution limits.

•  Proportionality :There is a clear link 

between individual awards, delivery of 
strategy and our long-term performance, 
together with the structure of the Executive 
Board directors’ service contracts, ensures 
that poor performance is not rewarded.

•  Alignment to culture: Our executive pay 
policies are fully aligned to Revolution’s 
culture through the use of metrics in our 
annual incentive plans that measure  
how we perform against our KPIs.

The Committee’s terms of reference are 
available from the Company Secretary and 
can be found on the Company’s website  
at www.revolutionbarsgroup.com.

Shareholder feedback
The Committee is committed to consulting 
with its major shareholders and the main 
shareholder representatives, both when 
material changes are being made to the 
Remuneration Policy and in respect of the 
implementation of the Policy. As set out  
in the Annual Report on Remuneration,  
the Company’s NOMAD and major 
shareholders were consulted in respect of  
the implementation of the Policy for FY22. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
shareholders for their continued support,  
and I look forward to your approval of our 
Directors’ Remuneration Report at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

15 November 2021

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
50 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (as can be found at https://www.revolutionbarsgroup.com/media/1319/revbars_notice_agm_2020_final_for-
website.pdf) was approved by shareholders in 2020 by way of an advisory vote.

Annual Report on Remuneration
Composition of the Remuneration Committee (unaudited)
The Committee currently consists of Jemima Bird (Committee Chair), Keith Edelman and William Tuffy. None of the Committee has any personal 
financial interest (other than as a shareholder), conflicts of interest from cross-directorships, or day-to-day involvement in the running of the 
business. 

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) may be invited to attend meetings, although are not present when  
matters affecting their own remuneration is discussed. The Company Secretary or their nominee acts as secretary to the Committee.

The Committee receives independent remuneration advice from FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) on aspects of senior executive 
remuneration. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and is a signatory to its code of conduct. FIT has no connection with 
Revolution Bars Group plc other than in the provision of advice on executive remuneration. The terms of engagement are available from the 
Company Secretary on request. 

Implementation of the remuneration policy in the 53 weeks ending 3 July 2021 (unaudited)

Base annual salary
Current Executive Director salary levels are as follows:

Role

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer

Director

Rob Pitcher
Danielle Davies

From  
1 April 2021*

£350,000
£225,000

From  
1 April 2020

£350,000
–

%  
Increase

0%
0%

* Or appointment to the Board if later
Salaries shown from 1 April 2021 are the contractual salaries applicable. As a result of the Government enforced closure of the Group’s trading 
venues, the Executive Directors agreed to waive the normal 1 April 2020 and defer the 1 April 2021 annual salary reviews and furthermore agreed  
a temporary 50% salary reduction from 29 March 2020 to 31 July 2020. Subsequently, following the commencement of the reopening of trading 
venues in July 2020, the salary reduction changed to 80% of normal levels from 1 August 2020 and returned to contractual levels from 1 October 
2020. However, in light of the national restrictions introduced by the UK Government from 5 November 2020, Executive Director salaries were 
reduced to 75% of normal levels from 8 November 2020 to 22 May 2021. From 23 May 2021 Director salaries increased to 90% (following the 
announcement for indoor hospitality to start from 17 May 2021), and then increased to contractual levels from 20 June 2021 onwards.

Annual bonus
Annual bonus provision for FY22 will be capped at 100% of salary for Executive Directors with a majority based on sliding scale profit-related 
targets and a minority based on strategic targets. While the profit and strategic targets are currently commercially sensitive, details of the targets 
and performance against the targets will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Share awards
The Committee intends to grant Restricted Share Awards (“RSAs”) in 2021 in line with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders  
in 2020 which will:

• 

 be set at no more than 100% of salary for the CEO and no more than 80% of salary for the CFO (with lower levels cascaded below Board); and

•  vest after three years from the grant date, subject to continued employment, satisfactory individual performance and a positive assessment  
of performance against an underpin (i.e. the Committee must be satisfied that Revolution’s underlying performance and delivery against its 
strategy and recovery plans is sufficient to justify the level of vesting having regard to such factors as the Committee considers to be 
appropriate in the round (including revenue, earnings and share price performance) and the shareholder experience more generally (including 
the risk of windfall gains)). No shares can be disposed of by Executive Directors until at least five years from grant, other than those required  
to settle any taxes directly related to the vesting of those shares.

While these award levels are within the shareholder approved Policy, they are higher than the normal RSA levels given that the Board considers 
retaining and incentivising Rob Pitcher and Danielle Davies to be critical to the Company’s future success in what is an increasingly competitive 
recruitment market. For information, since Rob Pitcher joined the business in June 2018, no annual bonuses have been awarded to Executive 
Directors and past LTIP awards have either lapsed or are expected to lapse with no value, owing to the restrictions placed upon the business  
as a result of Covid. In addition, the modest RSAs granted in 2020 provide only limited retention given that the value has remained flat given the 
fundraising (which the Committee will not adjust the awards for) and continued impact of Covid. 

In determining the 2021 award levels, the Committee consulted with the Company’s NOMAD and major shareholders in advance of the grant  
to ensure majority support.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

51

Non-Executive Directors’ fees and incentives
The two non-executive Directors (not including the chairman) both received a £5,000 uplift for FY22.

Directors’ remuneration for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 (audited)

Executive Directors

Rob Pitcher

Danielle Davies6

Non-Executive Directors

Keith Edelman

Jemima Bird

William Tuffy

Former Directors

Mike Foster

Aggregate emoluments

Fees/Salary1
£’000

Taxable 
Benefits2
£’000

Pension3
£’000

Annual  
Bonus4
£’000

Long-term 
Incentives5
£’000

Total
£’000

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

272

310

85

–

69

80

27

31

27

31

85

180

565

632

18

17

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13

20

39

37

45

42

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

48

42

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

107

–

55

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

162

–

442

369

151

–

69

80

27

31

27

31

98

200

814

711

1 

Salaries shown from 1 April 2021 are the contractual salaries applicable. As a result of the Government enforced closure of the Group’s trading venues, the Executive Directors agreed to 
defer the normal 1 April 2020 annual salary review and furthermore agreed a temporary 50% salary reduction from 29 March 2020 to 31 July 2020. Subsequently, following the 
commencement of reopening trading venues in July 2020, the salary changed to 80% of normal levels from 1 August 2020 and returned to contractual levels from 1 October 2020. However, 
in light of the national restrictions introduced by the UK Government from 5 November 2020, Executive Director salaries were reduced to 75% of normal levels from 8 November 2020 to 
22 May 2021. From 23 May 2021 Director salaries increased to 90% (following the announcement for indoor hospitality to start from 17 May 2021), and then increased to contractual levels 
from 20 June 2021 onwards.

2  Taxable benefits comprise medical insurance policies and car allowances.

3  Rob Pitcher received a pension provision/salary supplement of 15% of salary. Danielle Davies received a pension provision/salary supplement of 3% of salary from appointment. No pension 

provision was provided to Mike Foster.

4  No annual bonus plan was operated for Executive Directors in respect of FY21 as a result of the impact of Covid-19 on the Company.

5  Based on the face value of Restricted Share Awards granted to Executive Directors on 24 December 2021 (see below).

6  Danielle Davies was appointed to the Board as CFO from 22 December 2020.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview52 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
Annual bonus (audited) for FY21
Given the impact of Covid-19 on the Group, the Remuneration Committee took the decision to postpone, and then ultimately cancel,  
the introduction of the Executive Director annual bonus plan for FY21. As such, no targets were set or are therefore disclosable.

Share awards granted in FY21 (audited)
The following share awards, which were granted materially below the 100% of salary Policy maximum and below the normal award level  
of 50% of salary, were issued to Executive Director in the 53 weeks to 3 July 2021:

Executive

Rob Pitcher
Danielle Davies

Type of award

RSA
RSA

1 

Based on a share price of 22.5 pence on 22 December 2020.

Exercise Price  
(p)

Number of  
awards granted

Basis of award

Face value1

0.1
0.1

475,759
244,676

30% of salary
24% of salary

£107,046
£55,052

The awards shall vest and become exercisable on the date that is the later of the date which is three years from the date of grant being 
24 December 2023 and the preliminary announcement of the results for the 52 weeks ending 1 July 2023, subject to the Group’s Remuneration 
Committee being satisfied that the Group’s underlying performance and delivery against its strategy and plans is sufficient to justify the level  
of vesting having regard to such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers to be appropriate in the round (including, inter alia, revenue, 
earnings and share price performance) and the shareholder experience more generally (including windfall gains).

Outstanding executive share awards (audited)

Executive Director Scheme

Grant date

Rob Pitcher

Total

PSP*
CSOP
PSP
RSA

18.10.18
18.10.18
23.10.19
24.12.20

Danielle Davies

RSA

24.12.20

0.1

Total

Mike Foster

Total

PSP*
CSOP

14.11.17
14.11.17

0.1
162.0

Exercise 
price (p)

No of shares at 
28 June 2020

0.1
114.5
0.1
0.1

585,154
26,200
531,269
–

Granted 
during  
the year
Number

–
–
–
475,759

1,142,623

475,759

–

–

244,676

244,676

240,000
18,518

258,518

–
–

– 

Vested 
during  
the year
Number

Lapsed 
during  
the year
Number

No. of shares at  
3 July 2021

Vesting  
date

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

240,000
18,518

258,518

585,154
26,200
531,269
475,759

18.10.21
18.10.21
23.10.22
24.12.23

1,618,382

244,676

24.12.23

244,676

14.11.20
14.11.20

–
–

–

* 

PSP awards with associated CSOP awards attached (any awards which vest and which are exercised under the CSOP are directly offset by a reduction in vesting under the PSP  
of equivalent value).

Payments made for loss of office and payments to past Directors (audited)
As announced on 13 November 2020, Mike Foster stepped down from the Board at the 22 December 2020 AGM. Mike continued as an employee 
for six months (receiving his normal salary and benefits). No payments for loss of office were paid or are payable and Mike’s outstanding share 
awards lapsed at cessation (as detailed in the table above). £28,638 of outstanding holiday pay was due to Mike as at the end of the reporting 
period, which has subsequently been paid.

 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

53

Directors’ interests and shareholding guidelines (unaudited)
The following table shows Directors’ interests in the Company

Director

Rob Pitcher
Danielle Davies
Keith Edelman
William Tuffy
Jemima Bird

Beneficially  
owned at  
3 July 2021
Number

775,000
75,000
370,000
100,000
7,500

Outstanding Share 
awards 

Number

1,618,382
244,676
–
–
–

Outstanding  
share awards  
under all  
employees  
share plans
Number

–
–
–
–
–

Total interest  
in shares 

Number

2,393,382
319,676
370,000
100,000
7,500

Shareholding  
as a % of  
base salary  
at 3 July 2021

49%
7%
n/a
n/a
n/a

Executive Directors are expected to build and then hold shares equal in value to at least 100% of base salary in Company shares. 50% of any 
awards which vest under the Company’s LTIPs (net of any taxes due) must be retained until the requirement has been met. The table above  
shows Directors’ interests in shares and the percentage of the guideline held as at 3 July 2021.

The shareholding counting towards the measurement of the guideline is based on legally owned shares. The percentage of guideline met is based 
on the annual base salary and the higher of the acquisition cost of the shareholding or its current market value. Once an Executive Director meets 
the required holding, the Executive Director is only required to purchase additional shares equivalent to the value of any increase in base salary.

Approval
This report was approved by the Remuneration Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Jemima Bird
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

15 November 2021 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview54 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’

The Directors present their 
annual report and the audited 
consolidated financial 
statements of the Company 
and Group for the 53 weeks 
ended 3 July 2021. 

At the end of the reporting 
period, the Group had net  
bank debt of £3.6 million  
(2020: £22.0 million).”

Danielle Davies 
Chief Financial Officer

Introduction

This Directors’ Report includes additional information 
required to be disclosed under the Companies Act 2006, 
the Code, the DTRs (Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority. Certain information required to be included in 
the Directors’ Report is included in other sections of this 
Annual Report as follows:

• 

• 

• 

 the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 29 sets out a review of the 
Group’s business during the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 and the 
financial position of the Group at the end of that period to enable 
shareholders to assess how the Directors have performed their duty 
under section 172 of the Companies Act. The Strategic Report also 
describes the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, 
provides a fair review of the Group’s business at the end of the 
financial year and an indication of likely future developments  
in the business;

 the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 36 to 39; and

 related party transactions as set out in note 26 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

This Directors’ Report together with the Strategic Report set out on 
pages 2 to 29 represents the “Management Report” for the purpose 
of compliance with the DTR 4.1.5R.

Results and dividend
The Group’s results for the year are shown in the statement  
of comprehensive income on page 70. The Directors are not 
recommending a final dividend in respect of the 53 weeks ended  
3 July 2021 (2020: nil pence per share issued). There was no interim 
dividend during the period (2020: nil pence per share), and thus the 
total dividend for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 is nil pence per  
share (2020: nil pence per share). 
Share capital and related matters

The Company has only one class of share and the rights attached to 
each share are identical. Details of the rights and obligations attaching 
to the shares are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, which 
are available from the Company Secretary and can also be found on the 
Company’s website www.revolutionbarsgroup.com under investor 
relations and shareholder information. The Ordinary Shares are listed 
on the official list and are traded on AIM as at the date of this report, 
following the Company’s delisting from the Main Market London Stock 
Exchange to AIM effective 27 July 2020. The Company may refuse  
to register any transfer of a share which is not a fully paid share.  
At a General Meeting of the Company, every member has one vote on  
a show of hands, and on a poll one vote for each share held. Details of 
the voting procedure, including deadlines for exercising voting rights, 
are set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting 2021.

At 3 July 2021, the issued share capital of the Company was 
230,048,520 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each. Details of the share 
capital as at 3 July 2021 are shown in note 21 to the consolidated 
financial statements. In the year the Group announced and completed 
two Firm Placings and Placings and Open Offers at 20 pence per New 
Ordinary Share. The first raised gross proceeds of £15.0 million and net 
proceeds of £14.1 million and completed in July 2020 increasing share 
capital by 75,017,495, and the second raised gross proceeds of £21.0 
million and net proceeds of £19.9 million and completed in June 2021 
increasing share capital by a further 105,001,866.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

55

Powers of the Directors
The Directors may exercise all powers on behalf of the Group including, 
subject to obtaining the required authority from the shareholders  
in General Meeting, the power to authorise the issue of new shares  
and the purchase of the Company’s shares. During the year, the 
Directors have not exercised any of the powers to purchase shares  
in the Company.

Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Association
The Company may alter its Articles of Association by special resolution 
passed at a General Meeting of shareholders.

Political donations
The Group has not made in the past, nor does it intend to make in the 
future, any political donations.

Restrictions on transfer
There are no general restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares  
in the Company other than in relation to certain restrictions imposed 
from time to time by laws and regulations (for example, insider trading 
laws). Pursuant to the Listing Rules, Directors and certain officers and 
employees of the Group require the approval of the Company to deal  
in the Ordinary Shares of the Company.

The Company has in place certain share incentive plans; details  
of these can be found on page 50. As at the financial period end  
on 3 July 2021 and up to the date of this report, 1,618,382 share  
options have been granted to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, 
Rob Pitcher and 244,676 share options have been granted to the 
Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Danielle Davies.

Directors
The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set out on 
pages 32 to 33. Their interests in the Ordinary Shares of the Company 
are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 53.

Appointment and removal of Directors
Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the Company or 
by the Board. All Directors will stand for re-election on an annual basis 
in line with the recommendations of the Code. In addition to any powers 
of removal conferred by the Companies Act 2006, the Company may 
by special resolution remove any Director before the expiration of their 
period of office.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to indemnify the 
Directors of the Company against liabilities arising from or in connection 
with the execution of their duties or powers to the extent permitted by 
law. The Group had Directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance in place 
in place throughout the year and at the date of approval of the financial 
statements. Subsequent to the end of the reporting period, the Group 
entered into a qualifying third-party indemnity (the terms of which are in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006) with each of the Directors. 
Neither the indemnity nor insurance provides cover in the event that  
a Director or officer is proved to have acted fraudulently.

Transactions with related parties
Details of the transactions entered into by the Group with parties  
who are related to it are set out in note 26 to the consolidated financial 
statements. There were no material transactions with related parties 
during the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021. 

Change of control
The provisions of the Group’s share incentive plans may cause  
options and awards granted to employees under such plans to vest  
on a change of ownership of the Group. The Group does not have 
agreements with any Director that would provide compensation for  
loss of office or employment resulting directly from a change of  
its ownership.

Going concern

Going concern
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing these 
financial statements after careful assessment of identified principal 
risks and, in particular, the possible adverse impact on financial 
performance, specifically on revenue and cash flows, as a result  
of restrictions imposed by the UK Government and the devolved 
authorities in response to COVID. The going concern status of the 
Company and subsidiaries is intrinsically linked to that of the Group.

Liquidity
At the end of the reporting period, the Group had net bank debt of  
£3.6 million (2020: £22.0 million). In FY21, the Group took out three 
separate Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme 
(“CLBILS”) term loans to a sum of £20.0 million, of which £15.8 million 
was still outstanding as at year-end. The Group maintains a £17.3 million 
Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of which no amounts were drawn  
down as at year-end.

The RCF reduced from £21.0 million in June 2021, to £17.3 million 
following £3.7 million of amortisation. The RCF is due to amortise by  
a further £1.0 million to £16.3 million at the end of June 2022, and has 
been extended to 30 June 2023 in November 2021. The interest rate 
on the RCF has been increased by 1.2% with a further up-to 1% 
chargeable if the RCF is drawn to within £5.0 million of total limits. 

Following the refinancing in November 2021, a new deleveraging 
method has been agreed with NatWest based on overperformance 
compared to the severe but plausible downside case. This protects  
the Group with sufficient liquidity in the event of further Government 
restrictions but also allows the Group to move to a more normal  
debt structure when over-delivering against the severe but plausible 
downside case. This will be tested 2 July 2022, and the 
overperformance between the severe but plausible downside case  
and actualised FY22 will be shared between the Group and repayment 
of bank facilities to NatWest, pro-rata between the RCF and CLBILS  
(the “facilities”). The first £3.0 million of overperformance will be 
retained by the Company to provide an additional liquidity buffer,  
with any overperformance thereafter shared 50:50.

In FY21, the Group completed two equity fundraises to support liquidity. 
The first completed on 27 July 2020 for gross £15.0 million, net £14.1 
million, and all funds were fully received by 3 August 2020 and used  
to repay the remaining outstanding balance of the RCF. A second equity 
fundraising was completed on 15 June 2021 for gross £21.0 million,  
net £19.9 million, and all funds were fully received by 17 June 2021.  
The second fundraising was also used to repay £11.0 million of RCF, 
whilst retaining sufficient funds to allow the Group to start an enhanced 
refurbishment programme of its bars, and also be in a position to  
take advantage of any good acquisition and expansion opportunities.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview56 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’

Going concern continued
As at 15 November 2021, the above facilities expire and amortise as follows:

Facility

RCF

Commitment

Expiry

Amortisation

£17.3 million

30 June 2023

£1.0 million on 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023

Overperformance deleverage on 2 July 20221

CLBILS

£15.3 million

5 July 2023  
and 9 May 20242

£1.0 million per annum in equal monthly instalments

Overperformance deleverage on 2 July 20221

1 

Per above, total facilities are due to amortise under an overperformance deleverage agreement to be tested on 2 July 2022.

2  The original £16.5 million CLBILS expires 5 July 2023, and the £3.5 million second CLBILS expires 9 May 2024.

In accordance with these arrangements and subject to compliance with financial covenants, the Group will have committed funding facilities 
available during the going concern assessment period as follows: 

31 December 2021

30 June 2022

31 December 2022

30 June 2023

RCF
£m

17.3

16.3

16.31

15.31

CLBILS
£m

15.3

14.8

14.31

13.81

Total
£m

32.6

31.1

30.61

29.11

1 

Facilities are due to deleverage after 30 June 2022 under the overperformance deleverage agreement detailed above, meaning the facilities stated will reduce further at this point provided 
the severe but plausible downside case net debt overperformed in FY22 by at least £3.0 million.

Current Net bank debt and available liquidity
As at 15 November 2021, the Group’s net bank cash position was £4.6 
million, and therefore the Group has available liquidity of £37.2 million.

Covenants
The facilities are subject to one financial covenant only, which is that the 
Group is required to maintain minimum liquidity headroom between its 
net bank debt and the committed facilities on a six-month look forward 
basis. The required headroom under the covenant varies on a monthly 
basis, and in November 2021 it was agreed with NatWest that the 
minimum liquidity covenant would be adjusted to reflect the level  
of expected headroom, and bring it in line with normal banking 
requirements. 

Significant judgements and base case
The financing arrangements referred to in this going concern section 
are expected to provide a sufficient platform for the business to meet 
the trading uncertainty that lies ahead as the Group trades through 
winter with the uncertainty of further potential restrictions and 
lockdowns imposed by the UK Government. During the entirety of FY21 
the Group has either been subject to forced closure or traded under 
strict restrictions, which has severely impacted its performance. 
Although the Group is hopeful of the continued normality in trading  
in England, and continues to monitor the devolved nations carefully,  
it is not clear what level of trade may be possible should the UK 
Government impose further restrictions.

The level of sales that the Group generates drives EBITDA and cash 
generation, which in turn impacts the level of liquidity required and 
compliance with the covenant test. In reaching their assessment that 
the financing arrangements are expected to be sufficient for the 
business, the Directors have reviewed a base case forecast scenario 
which assumes flat performance to the last 12 months before COVID 
began, with a softer December to reflect the potential for some level  
of restrictions, or reduced demand, across the UK. Capital expenditure 
is included in line with that communicated during the second equity 

fundraise, which retains our refurbishment and expansion programme, 
which was the purpose of the second equity fundraise. Under the base 
case forecast, there is no forecast breach of the banking covenant.  
The forecast average amount of headroom for net bank debt relative  
to the minimum liquidity covenant between December 2021 and 
November 2022 is £17.9 million with the lowest point of £11.6 million  
in October 2022.

Severe but plausible downside scenario
The Directors have also reviewed a severe but plausible downside case 
which takes the base case and assumes a full lockdown in November 
and January to April inclusive, and thus no trade in these months. 
December again remains softened to reflect the potential for 
restrictions, or reduced demand, and it is assumed the remaining 
months will be in line with the base case. No further Government 
assistance is assumed, and Capex remains at the same level as  
base case. This remains an area of flexibility in the event of a longer 
lockdown, whereby the programme, if necessary, could be adjusted  
to enhance liquidity in the business.

The severe but plausible downside case shows no forecast breach of 
the banking covenant but, as would be expected, the forecast average 
amount of net bank debt headroom relative to the minimum liquidity 
covenant between December 2021 and November 2022 is lower at 
£5.0 million with the lowest point of £0.9 million in April 2022.

Whilst there are currently no indications that further lockdowns  
and restrictions above and beyond those included in the severe  
but plausible downside case would occur, the Directors note the 
unprecedented decisions that have previously been taken and could 
again be imposed by the UK Government. However, the Directors also 
believe that if severe operating restrictions or lockdowns occurred 
above those already assumed the financial effects could potentially  
be mitigated wholly or partially by a number of factors that are not 
reflected in the severe but plausible downside case, but which are not 
all wholly within the control of the Directors, including reintroduction  

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

57

In addition, certain employees receive an annual bonus related to the 
overall profitability of the Group.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) of the Company will take place  
on 22 December 2021. The Notice of Annual General Meeting is set  
out in the explanatory circular that accompanies this Annual Report  
and Accounts.

Financial risk management, objectives and policies
The Group is exposed to certain financial risks, including interest rate 
risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. Information regarding such financial 
risks is detailed in note 23. The Group’s risk management policies  
and procedures and principal risks and mitigations can be found on 
pages 18 to 19.
Independent auditors and disclosure of information to 
auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC") have expressed their  
willingness to be reappointed as indepdent auditors of the Company.  
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a 
resolution for the reappointment of PwC as independent auditors  
of the Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming General  
Meeting on 22 December 2021.

By order of the Board

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer

15 November 2021

of the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme, further rent mitigation, 
receipt of local authority grants as these are made available but which 
have not been included in the Group’s forecasts, and any extension  
to business rates relief.

The low level of liquidity headroom relative to the minimum liquidity 
covenant in the severe but plausible downside case, and the material 
uncertainty caused by COVID coupled with forecasting difficulties as  
a result of constantly changing operating restrictions means that the 
Group cannot be assured that it will not breach the minimum liquidity 
covenant. A breach of covenant would require the bank to grant a 
waiver or for the Group to renegotiate its banking facilities or raise 
funds from other sources, none of which is entirely within the  
Group’s control. A breach of the covenant would also result in the 
reclassification of £15.8 million of non-current borrowings to current 
borrowings as at the date of the consolidation statement of financial 
position. The Directors have assessed, however, that given a strong 
underlying business, particularly post lease surrenders of under-
performing bars and the CVA undertaken during 2020, the Group’s 
existing relationships with its main creditors, its success in recent years 
in obtaining covenant waivers and renegotiating its banking facilities 
and recent equity fundraisings, that a request for a waiver of a covenant 
breach or renegotiation of the banking facilities would be successful.

Going concern statement
Despite a return to normal trading in England since July 2021, the 
severe disruption to the Group’s trade prior to that since March 2020 
caused by COVID, and the resultant and frequently changing operating 
restrictions imposed by the UK Government and the devolved 
authorities means that there is a material uncertainty over the  
going concern of the Group. This uncertainty exists because of the 
unpredictability of the nature, extent and duration of COVID, and  
the possibility of further restrictions or lockdowns imposed by the 
Government, and how this will impact the Group’s operational 
performance and in particular the level of sales and EBITDA generated 
that will in turn determine the Group’s covenant compliance.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty, after due consideration  
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the 
Company have sufficient resources to continue in operational existence 
for the period of 12 months from the date of approval of these financial 
statements. Accordingly, the financial statements continue to be 
prepared on the going concern basis. However, the impact of possible 
COVID restrictions on our trading indicates the existence of a material 
uncertainty which may cast significant doubt over the ability of the 
Group and Company to continue as a going concern. The financial 
statements do not contain the adjustments that would arise if the  
Group (and the Company) were unable to continue as a going concern.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully 
considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned. 
In the event of members of staff becoming disabled every effort is 
made to ensure that their employment with the Group continues and 
that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy of the Group that 
the training, career development and promotion of disabled persons 
should, as far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its 
employees and has continued to keep them informed on matters 
affecting them as employees and on the various factors affecting the 
performance of the Group. This is achieved through formal and informal 
meetings, newsletters distributed by email and virtual briefings using 
Teams software. Employee representatives are consulted regularly on  
a wide range of matters affecting their current and future interests. 

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
The directors are responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the group and company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for  
keeping adequate accounting records that  
are sufficient to show and explain the group’s 
and company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the group and company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

58 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

STATEMENT OF

IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT  
AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulation.

Directors' confirmations

The directors consider that the  
Annual Report and accounts,  
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced  
and understandable and provides  
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the group’s 
and company’s position and 
performance, business model  
and strategy.

Company law requires the directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the directors have prepared 
the group and the company financial 
statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Under company law, directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless  
they are satisfied that they give a true and  
fair view of the state of affairs of the group  
and company and of the profit or loss of the 
group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies  
and then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable international 

accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 have been followed, subject to  
any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and  
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on  
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the group 
and company will continue in business.

In the case of each director in office at the 
date the directors’ report is approved:

•  so far as the director is aware, there is  
no relevant audit information of which  
the group’s and company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

• 

they have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a director in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
group’s and company’s auditors are aware 
of that information.

Rob Pitcher
Chief Executive Officer

Danielle Davies
Chief Financial Officer

15 November 2021

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 59

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
60 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021
60 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

61
61

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
R
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

financial statements
62   Independent Auditors’ Report
70 

 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow
 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Information

71 
72 
73 
74 
100  Company Statement of Financial Position
101   Company Statement of Changes in Equity
101   Company Statement of Cash Flow
102   Notes to the Company Financial Information
105 Glossary
106 Corporate Information

 
 
 
 
62 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF REVOLUTION BARS GROUP PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Revolution Bars Group plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

• 

• 

 give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 3 July 2021 and of the Group’s loss and  
the Group’s and Company’s cash flows for the 53 week period then ended;

 have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements  
of the Companies Act 2006; and

• 

 have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise:  
the Consolidated and Company statements of financial position as at 3 July 2021; the Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity, and the Consolidated and Company statements  
of cash flow for the period then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting 
policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.  
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities  
in accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern
In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure made in  
note 1 to the Group financial statements and note 1 to the Company financial statements concerning the Group’s and the Company’s ability  
to continue as a going concern. The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has sufficient resources to continue in 
operational existence for the period of 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. The severe disruption to the 
Group’s trade since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, has significantly impacted the Group’s performance and financial position. 
There is unpredictability in the nature, extent and duration of COVID-19 and the level of operating restrictions that may be imposed during 
the next 12 months and beyond. It is uncertain how this will impact the Group’s operational performance, and in particular the level of sales 
and EBITDA generated, that will all in turn determine the Group’s ability to comply with the covenant associated with its banking facilities.  
In addition, the going concern status of the Company is intrinsically linked to that of the Group. These conditions, along with the other 
matters explained in those notes to the financial statements, indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant  
doubt about the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include the adjustments 
that would result if the Group and the Company were unable to continue as a going concern.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation  
of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis  
of accounting included:

• 

 we obtained management’s forecasts and information, which included the ongoing impact of COVID-19;

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the Group’s future cash flow forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed and challenged management as to the reasonableness of the key assumptions in the going concern model, including  
the forecast sales and cost assumptions over at least the next 12 months and how quickly the Group were forecasting to return to  
pre COVID-19 sales levels;

•  we obtained the terms of the Group’s financing facility and the covenant in place in relation to this facility, and determined that  

the Group cash flow forecasts show compliance with all covenant conditions for at least 12 months from the date of the approval  
of financial statements;

•  we agreed the opening position of the Group’s cash flow forecasts to the September 2021 management accounts. We also agreed  

the gross debt and cash per the September 2021 management accounts to the Group’s bank statements; and

•  we evaluated the appropriateness of the severe but plausible cash flow forecast used in management’s determination of the going 
concern basis of preparation, which included an assessment of any key assumptions underpinning the cash flows throughout the  
going concern period.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

63

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, other than the material uncertainty 
identified in note 1 to the Group financial statements and note 1 to the Company financial statements, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate  
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, or in respect of the directors’ identification in the financial statements of any other material 
uncertainties to the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of  
approval of the financial statements.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections  
of this report.

Our audit approach

Overview

Audit scope
•  The Group includes six statutory entities, four of which are included within scope to support the Group and Company audit opinion.  

All components are managed by the same finance team and operate entirely within the UK. Full scope audits were performed on four 
trading entities within the Group, which together comprise 100 per cent of revenue and adjusted EBITDA. The remaining entities  
were not included within Group scope, however statutory audits of these entities are performed.

Key audit matters
•  Material uncertainty related to going concern (Group and Company)

• 

• 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset (Group)

Impairment of investments (Company)

•  Recognition of supplier rebates (Group)

• 

Impact of COVID-19 (Group and Company)

Materiality
•  Overall Group materiality: £253,000 (2020: £258,000) based on 2.5% of 4-year average Adjusted EBITDA, on an IFRS 16 basis less  

lease payments.

•  Overall Company materiality: £180,000 (2020: £155,000) based on 1% of total assets, capped at approximately 70% of the overall 

materiality for the Group.

•  Performance materiality: £189,750 (Group) and £134,000 (Company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters.

In addition to going concern, described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section above, we determined the matters 
described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview64 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF REVOLUTION BARS GROUP PLC
CONTINUED

Our audit approach continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset (Group)

Refer to page 47 of the Audit Committee Report and notes 1 and  
11 of the Notes to the Consolidated financial information. 

To review the impairment assessment performed by the Directors’ 
based on a value in use model, we performed the following:

The property, plant and equipment balance of £33,945k and 
right-of-use asset balance of £64,044k has been tested for 
impairment during the period. Testing has been performed at  
a cash generating unit level, which has been assessed as an 
individual bar. The impairment tests performed, which are based  
on a value in use calculation, identified an impairment charge  
of £12,365k, of which £3,273k relates to property, plant and 
equipment and £9,092k relates to right-of-use assets, which  
has been recognised as an exceptional item during the period. 

We focused on this area as the assessment of impairment of  
property, plant and equipment and right of use assets requires  
the use of estimates in the value in use calculation, including future 
forecast cash flows, a discount rate and long-term growth rate.  
In addition, the classification of items as exceptional also requires  
the use of judgement.

Impairment of investments (Company)

Refer to notes 1 and 5 of Notes to the Company financial information. 

The Company holds an investment balance on the Statement  
of financial position of £29,650k. This investment is in the trading 
subsidiaries of the Group. Management have performed both  
a fair value less costs to sell exercise, and a value-in-use  
assessment, to calculate the recoverable amount of the  
investment. The recoverable amount supports the carrying  
value of the investment and therefore management concluded  
that no impairment is required.

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the  
Group’s future cash flow forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed the reasonableness of the forecast cash flows, 
including assessing the revenue and costs included in those 
forecasts, based on our understanding of the Group;

•  we tested the Directors’ historical budgeting accuracy by 

evaluating whether previous budgets had been achieved.  
Where budgets had not been achieved, we understood  
the reasons why;

•  we tested the Directors’ key assumptions for long-term growth 
rates outside the budget period, by comparing them to forecast 
inflation rates in the UK;

•  we considered the discount rate by forming our own independent 
expectation of what we would consider to be an appropriate 
range; and

•  we considered whether the charge recognised in respect  

of impairment should be recognised as an exceptional item,  
and, given the magnitude of the charge, concurred that the 
presentation as exceptional was appropriate.

To review the impairment assessment performed by the  
Directors’, based on value in use and fair value less cost  
to sell models, we performed the following:

•  we evaluated and assessed the process by which the Group’s 

future cash flow forecasts were prepared;

•  we assessed the reasonableness of the forecast cash flows,  

based on our understanding of the Group;

•  we tested the Directors’ key assumptions for long-term growth 
rates outside the budget period, by comparing them to forecast 
inflation rates in the UK;

•  we considered the discount rate by forming our own independent 
expectation of what we would consider to be an appropriate 
range; and

•  we assessed management’s fair value less costs to sell calculation, 

based on the recent level of the market capitalisation of the  
Group and premiums typically associated with control.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

65

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recognition of supplier rebates - Group

Refer to page 47 of the Audit Committee Report and note 1 of the 
Notes to the Consolidated financial information. 

To test supplier rebates, we performed the following for a sample  
of suppliers:

The Group receives rebates from certain key suppliers. The terms of the 
rebates vary by supplier but largely relate to listing or marketing fees,  
or volume-based rebates on purchases made throughout the financial 
period, with the value being determined by the level of spend. Amounts 
recognised as a reduction from costs in the consolidated statement  
of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, and amounts 
recognised as a receivable in the consolidated statement of financial 
position, are material to the financial statements. 

We focused on this area because the amount of supplier rebates 
income in respect of the period is determined by the terms for  
each supplier, which are negotiated separately and, as a result,  
differ from one another. This means that the calculation of the  
rebates recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss  
and other comprehensive income, and as a receivable at the  
period end, is inherently more prone to error. We also focused  
on the existence and accuracy of the supplier rebate income,  
and the valuation of period-end receivable, due to the risk  
of potential under or overstatement given the manual nature  
of the process.

Impact of Covid-19 (Group and Company)

•  we recalculated the rebate income recognised within the 

consolidated statement of profit and loss and other 
comprehensive income in the period, and receivable as at  
3 July 2021;

•  we compared purchases recorded in the period, and the 

contractual rebate arrangements agreed with each supplier,  
to the Directors’ calculation of the rebate income;

•  we compared the receivable recognised at the prior period end  
to the amounts paid in the period ended 3 July 2021 in respect  
of those receivables;

•  we tested whether rebate arrangements recognised as income  
in the period ended 3 July 2021, had been accounted for in the 
right period; and

•  we agreed amounts paid by suppliers post 3 July 2021 to source 

documentation to check amounts were recoverable.

Refer to page 55 of the Directors’ Report and note 1 of the Notes  
to the Consolidated financial information. 

In response to the key areas identified as being significantly  
impacted by COVID-19, we performed the following procedures:

Similar to most businesses in the hospitality sector, COVID-19  
has had a significant adverse impact on the performance of the  
Group following the enforced closures throughout the period  
and subsequent restrictions on re-openings. The key areas of the 
financial statements most impacted by the increased uncertainty  
are detailed below:

i)  The Directors have considered the appropriateness of the going 
concern basis of preparation in the Group’s financial statements;

ii)  The recoverability of supplier rebates has been considered in light 
of the increased uncertainty over supplier liquidity and the ability 
of the Group to collect amounts due; and

iii)  Impairment of £12,365k have been recorded against the carrying 
value of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets  
as explained in the previous key audit matter.

i)  Our work and conclusions in respect of going concern are  

set out in the “material uncertainty related to going concern”  
section above;

ii)  Refer to the third key audit matter above for details of how  

we considered the recoverability of receivables; and

iii)  Refer to the first key audit matter above for details of how we 

considered the impact of COVID-19 in our impairment procedures.
We assessed whether the nature and extent of the disclosure 
made by management was sufficiently complete to articulate  
the impact of the pandemic on the business and its sector, 
supported by the information available to date.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements  
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry  
in which they operate.

The Group includes six statutory entities, four of which are included within scope to support the Group and Company audit opinion.  
All components are managed by the same finance team and operate entirely within the UK. Full scope audits were performed on four 
trading entities within the Group, which together comprise 100 per cent of revenue and adjusted EBITDA. The remaining entities were  
not included within Group scope, however statutory audits of these entities are performed.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview66 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF REVOLUTION BARS GROUP PLC
CONTINUED

Our audit approach continued

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality.  
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent  
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements,  
both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Financial statements - Group

Financial statements - Company

£253,000 (2020: £258,000).

£180,000 (2020: £155,000).

2.5% of 4-year average Adjusted EBITDA,  
on an IFRS 16 basis less lease payments

1% of total assets, capped at approximately 
70% of the overall materiality for the Group.

Adjusted EBITDA is the key measure used 
both internally by the Board and, we believe, 
through reading Directors’ presentations  
to analysts, externally by shareholders in 
evaluating the performance of the Group.  
This measure excludes finance expense,  
tax, depreciation, exceptional items, (credits)/ 
charges from long term incentive plans and 
bar opening costs.

Total assets is considered to be appropriate 
as it is not a profit oriented Company.  
The Company holds investments in 
subsidiaries and therefore total assets  
is deemed a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. This has been capped at 
approximately 70% of overall materiality  
for the Group.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range  
of materiality allocated across components was £167,000 - £180,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality  
that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature  
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £189,750 for the Group financial statements and £134,000 for the Company financial 
statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation  
risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £11,000  
(Group audit) (2020: £13,000) and £9,000 (Company audit) (2020: £7,750) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report,  
any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears  
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.  
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required  
to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies  
Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters  
as described below.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

67

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’  
Report for the period ended 3 July 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable  
legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit,  
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Corporate governance statement

ISAs (UK) require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate 
governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, which the  
Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority specify for review by auditors of premium listed companies. Our additional responsibilities 
with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section  
of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement, included within the Governance Section is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained  
during the audit, and, except for the matters reported in the section headed ‘Material uncertainty related to going concern’, we have  
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks  

and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

•  The directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis  

of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue  
to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s and Company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why 

the period is appropriate; and

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and 

meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group was substantially less in scope than an audit and only 
consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment 
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides  

the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the audit committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance  
with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review  
by the auditors.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements,  
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary  
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue  
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless  
the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview68 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF REVOLUTION BARS GROUP PLC
CONTINUED

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which  
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to UK tax legislation, employment legislation and health and safety laws, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance 
might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the 
financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent 
manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related  
to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates.  
Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  discussions with management including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation  

and fraud;

•  challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation  

to recoverability of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use asset (see related key audit matter); and

• 

identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of  
not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek  
to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw 
a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3  
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches  

not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Randal Casson (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Manchester

15 November 2021 

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021 69

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview70 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR 
LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:
– operating expenses, excluding exceptional items
– exceptional items
– grant income

Total operating expenses

Operating loss
Finance expense
Exceptional finance income

Loss before taxation
Income tax

Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period

Loss per share:
– basic and diluted (pence)

Dividend declared per share (pence)

Note

2

2
3
4

5
8
8

9

10

53 weeks 
ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended
27 June 2020
£’000

39,417
(11,352)

110,074
(26,571)

28,065

83,503

(47,217)
(5,361)
3,357

(88,388)
(27,770)
–

(49,221)

(116,158)

(21,156)
(5,140)
–

(26,296)
–

(32,655)
(4,934)
5,869

(31,720)
(3,461)

(26,296)

(35,181)

(21.2)

–

(70.3)

–

There were no items of other comprehensive income and therefore a separate statement of other comprehensive income is not presented.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

71

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 3 JULY 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liabilities

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Provisions 

Total liabilities

Net liabilities

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Accumulated losses

Total equity

3 July 
2021
£’000

27 June 
 2020
£’000

Note

11
11
12

13
14

15

16
 19
17

17
18
19

21

33,945
64,044
24

41,222
70,689
20

98,013

111,931

2,956
5,218
–
12,118

20,292

3,593
3,429
50
2,502

9,574

118,305

121,505

(20,361)
(842)
(5,143)

(15,795)
–
(10,203)

(26,346)

(25,998)

(6,054)

(16,424)

(100,034)
(15,751)
(1,404)

(102,960)
(24,500)
(1,019)

(117,189)

(128,479)

(143,535)

(154,477)

(25,230)

(32,972)

230
33,794
11,645
(70,899)

50
–
11,645
(44,667)

(25,230)

(32,972)

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 November 2021 and signed on its behalf by

Danielle Davies
Director

Registered number: 08838504

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

At 29 June 2019 
Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period
Charge arising from long-term incentive plans

At 27 June 2020
Loss and total comprehensive expense for the period
Fundraising (note 21)
Charge arising from long-term incentive plans (note 22)

At 3 July 2021

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

50
–
–

50
–
180
–

230

–
–
–

–
–
33,794
–

33,794

Reserves

Merger
reserve
£’000

11,645
–
–

11,645
–
–
–

11,645

Accumulated 
losses
£’000

(9,528)
(35,181)
42

(44,667)
(26,296)
–
64

Total
 equity
£’000

2,167
(35,181)
42

(32,972)
(26,296)
33,974
64

(70,899)

(25,230)

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

73

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

Cash flow from operating activities
Loss before tax from operations
Adjustments for:
Net finance expense
Exceptional finance income
Exceptional gain on disposal
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of right-of-use assets
Lease modification
Working Capital and Other movements

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
Net proceeds from equity fundraising
Interest paid
Lease surrender premiums paid
Principal element of lease payments
Interest element of lease payments
Repayment of borrowings
Drawdown of borrowings

Net cash outflow generated from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Reconciliation of net bank debt
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash inflow from increase in borrowings
Cash outflow from repayment of borrowings

Opening net bank debt

Closing net bank debt

53 weeks 
ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended
27 June 2020
£’000

Note

(26,296)

(31,720)

8 
8
3
11 
11
3
3
3
25

12
11

21
8 

17
17

15

5,140
–
(8,388)
6,045
5,770
3,273
8,315
(28)
3,881

(2,288)

(5)
(2,038)

(2,043)

33,974
(1,133)
(1,700)
(4,438)
(4,007)
(52,749)
44,000

13,947

9,616
2,502

12,118

4,934
(5,869)
–
7,397
7,215
8,727
19,566
(897)
(2,883)

6,470

(12)
(4,213)

(4,225)

–
(599)
(1,369)
(3,067)
(4,335)
(12,000)
19,000

(2,370)

(125)
2,627

2,502

9,616
(44,000)
52,749

(125)
(19,000)
12,000

(21,998)

(14,873)

(3,633)

(21,998)

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

1. General information
Corporate information
The consolidated financial statements of Revolution Bars Group plc for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 were authorised for issue by the  
Board of Directors on 15 November 2021. Revolution Bars Group plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the UK under  
the Companies Act 2006 and is registered in England and Wales. The Company is limited by shares on the London Stock Exchange. In the 
reporting period and effective from 27 July 2020, the Company delisted from the premium segment of the Main Market and its shares were 
admitted to the AIM sub-market.

The registered number of the Group is 08838504 and its registered office is 21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside, England, OL6 6LA.

Statement of compliance
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (“IFRS”), and they apply to the financial statements of the Group for the 53 weeks ended  
3 July 2021 (prior period 52 weeks ended 27 June 2020).

Basis of preparation
The accounting period runs to the Saturday falling nearest to 30 June each year and therefore normally comprises a 52-week period but  
with a 53-week period arising approximately at five-year intervals. The period ended 3 July 2021 is a 53-week period; the period ended  
27 June 2020 was a 52-week period. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention in 
accordance with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”). References to 2021 or FY21 relate to the 53-week period ended 3 July 2021 and references to 2020 or FY20 relate to the 52-week 
period ended 27 June 2020 unless otherwise stated. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling with values 
rounded to the nearest thousand, except where otherwise indicated. These policies have been applied consistently unless otherwise stated.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Revolution Bars Group plc and its subsidiaries.  
The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company with adjustments made  
to their financial statements to bring their accounting policies in line with those used by the Group.

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial information from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases. The consolidated financial information presents the results of the companies within the same group. Intra-group balances 
and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated 
financial information. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence  
of impairment.

Judgements made by the Directors in the application of these accounting policies that have a significant effect on the financial statements  
and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next period are discussed below.

Going concern

Going concern
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements after careful assessment of identified principal 
risks and, in particular, the possible adverse impact on financial performance, specifically on revenue and cash flows, as a result of restrictions 
imposed by the UK Government and the devolved authorities in response to COVID. The going concern status of the Company and subsidiaries 
is intrinsically linked to that of the Group.

Liquidity
At the end of the reporting period, the Group had net bank debt of £3.6 million (2020: £22.0 million). In FY21, the Group took out three  
separate Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) term loans to a sum of £20.0 million, of which £15.8 million was  
still outstanding as at year-end. The Group maintains a £17.3 million Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of which no amounts were drawn down  
as at year-end.

The RCF reduced from £21.0 million in June 2021, to £17.3 million following £3.7 million of amortisation. The RCF is due to amortise by a further 
£1.0 million to £16.3 million at the end of June 2022, and has been extended to 30 June 2023 in November 2021. The interest rate on the RCF 
has been increased by 1.2% with a further up-to 1% chargeable if the RCF is drawn to within £5.0 million of total limits. 

Following the refinancing in November 2021, a new deleveraging method has been agreed with NatWest based on overperformance compared 
to the severe but plausible downside case. This protects the Group with sufficient liquidity in the event of further Government restrictions  
but also allows the Group to move to a more normal debt structure when over-delivering against the severe but plausible downside case.  
This will be tested 2 July 2022, and the overperformance between the severe but plausible downside case and actualised FY22 will be shared 
between the Group and repayment of bank facilities to NatWest, pro-rata between the RCF and CLBILS (the “facilities”). The first £3.0 million of 
overperformance will be retained by the Company to provide an additional liquidity buffer, with any overperformance thereafter shared 50:50.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

75

In FY21, the Group completed two equity fundraises to support liquidity. The first completed on 27 July 2020 for gross £15.0 million,  
net £14.1 million, and all funds were fully received by 3 August 2020 and used to repay the remaining outstanding balance of the RCF.  
A second equity fundraising was completed on 15 June 2021 for gross £21.0 million, net £19.9 million, and all funds were fully received  
by 17 June 2021. The second fundraising was also used to repay £11.0 million of RCF, whilst retaining sufficient funds to allow the Group  
to start an enhanced refurbishment programme of its bars, and also be in a position to take advantage of any good acquisition and  
expansion opportunities.

As at 15 November 2021, the above facilities expire and amortise as follows:

Facility

RCF

Commitment

£17.3 million

CLBILS

£15.3 million

Expiry

Amortisation

30 June 2023

£1.0 million on 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023

Overperformance deleverage on 2 July 20221

5 July 2023 and 9 May 
20242

£1.0 million per annum in equal monthly instalments

Overperformance deleverage on 2 July 20221

1 

Per above, total facilities are due to amortise under an overperformance deleverage agreement to be tested on 2 July 2022.

2  The original £16.5 million CLBILS expires 5 July 2023, and the £3.5 million second CLBILS expires 9 May 2024.

In accordance with these arrangements and subject to compliance with financial covenants, the Group will have committed funding  
facilities available during the going concern assessment period as follows: 

31 December 2021

30 June 2022

31 December 2022

30 June 2023

RCF
£m

17.3

16.3

16.31

15.31

CLBILS
£m

15.3

14.8

14.31

13.81

Total
£m

32.6

31.1

30.61

29.11

1 

Facilities are due to deleverage after 30 June 2022 under the overperformance deleverage agreement detailed above, meaning the facilities stated will reduce further  
at this point provided the severe but plausible downside case net debt overperformed in FY22 by at least £3.0 million.

Current Net bank debt and available liquidity
As at 15 November 2021, the Group’s net bank cash position was £4.6 million, and therefore the Group has available liquidity  
of £37.2 million.

Covenants
The facilities are subject to one financial covenant only, which is that the Group is required to maintain minimum liquidity headroom between  
its net bank debt and the committed facilities on a six-month look forward basis. The required headroom under the covenant varies on  
a monthly basis, and in November 2021 it was agreed with NatWest that the minimum liquidity covenant would be adjusted to reflect the  
level of expected headroom, and bring it in line with normal banking requirements. 

Significant judgements and base case
The financing arrangements referred to in this going concern section are expected to provide a sufficient platform for the business to meet  
the trading uncertainty that lies ahead as the Group trades through winter with the uncertainty of further potential restrictions and lockdowns 
imposed by the UK Government. During the entirety of FY21 the Group has either been subject to forced closure or traded under strict 
restrictions, which has severely impacted its performance. Although the Group is hopeful of the continued normality in trading in England,  
and continues to monitor the devolved nations carefully, it is not clear what level of trade may be possible should the UK Government impose 
further restrictions.

The level of sales that the Group generates drives EBITDA and cash generation, which in turn impacts the level of liquidity required and 
compliance with the covenant test. In reaching their assessment that the financing arrangements are expected to be sufficient for the  
business, the Directors have reviewed a base case forecast scenario which assumes flat performance to the last 12 months before COVID 
began, with a softer December to reflect the potential for some level of restrictions, or reduced demand, across the UK. Capital expenditure  
is included in line with that communicated during the second equity fundraise, which retains our refurbishment and expansion programme, 
which was the purpose of the second equity fundraise. Under the base case forecast, there is no forecast breach of the banking covenant.  
The forecast average amount of headroom for net bank debt relative to the minimum liquidity covenant between December 2021 and 
November 2022 is £17.9 million with the lowest point of £11.6 million in October 2022.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview76 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

1. General information continued
Going concern continued

Severe but plausible downside scenario
The Directors have also reviewed a severe but plausible downside case which takes the base case and assumes a full lockdown in November 
and January to April inclusive, and thus no trade in these months. December again remains softened to reflect the potential for restrictions,  
or reduced demand, and it is assumed the remaining months will be in line with the base case. No further Government assistance is assumed, 
and Capex remains at the same level as base case. This remains an area of flexibility in the event of a longer lockdown, whereby the 
programme, if necessary, could be adjusted to enhance liquidity in the business.

The severe but plausible downside case shows no forecast breach of the banking covenant but, as would be expected, the forecast  
average amount of net bank debt headroom relative to the minimum liquidity covenant between December 2021 and November 2022  
is lower at £5.0 million with the lowest point of £0.9 million in April 2022.

Whilst there are currently no indications that further lockdowns and restrictions above and beyond those included in the severe but plausible 
downside case would occur, the Directors note the unprecedented decisions that have previously been taken and could again be imposed  
by the UK Government. However, the Directors also believe that if severe operating restrictions or lockdowns occurred above those already 
assumed the financial effects could potentially be mitigated wholly or partially by a number of factors that are not reflected in the severe  
but plausible downside case, but which are not all wholly within the control of the Directors, including reintroduction of the Coronavirus Job 
Retention Scheme, further rent mitigation, receipt of local authority grants as these are made available but which have not been included  
in the Group’s forecasts, and any extension to business rates relief.

The low level of liquidity headroom relative to the minimum liquidity covenant in the severe but plausible downside case, and the material 
uncertainty caused by COVID coupled with forecasting difficulties as a result of constantly changing operating restrictions means that the 
Group cannot be assured that it will not breach the minimum liquidity covenant. A breach of covenant would require the bank to grant a waiver 
or for the Group to renegotiate its banking facilities or raise funds from other sources, none of which is entirely within the Group’s control.  
A breach of the covenant would also result in the reclassification of £15.8 million of non-current borrowings to current borrowings as at the  
date of the consolidation statement of financial position. The Directors have assessed, however, that given a strong underlying business, 
particularly post lease surrenders of under-performing bars and the CVA undertaken during 2020, the Group’s existing relationships with  
its main creditors, its success in recent years in obtaining covenant waivers and renegotiating its banking facilities and recent equity 
fundraisings, that a request for a waiver of a covenant breach or renegotiation of the banking facilities would be successful.

Going concern statement
Despite a return to normal trading in England since July 2021, the severe disruption to the Group’s trade prior to that since March 2020  
caused by COVID, and the resultant and frequently changing operating restrictions imposed by the UK Government and the devolved 
authorities means that there is a material uncertainty over the going concern of the Group. This uncertainty exists because of the 
unpredictability of the nature, extent and duration of COVID, and the possibility of further restrictions or lockdowns imposed by the 
Government, and how this will impact the Group’s operational performance and in particular the level of sales and EBITDA generated  
that will in turn determine the Group’s covenant compliance.

Notwithstanding the material uncertainty, after due consideration the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the  
Company have sufficient resources to continue in operational existence for the period of 12 months from the date of approval of these  
financial statements. Accordingly, the financial statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis. However, the impact  
of possible COVID restrictions on our trading indicates the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt over the 
ability of the Group and Company to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not contain the adjustments that would 
arise if the Group (and the Company) were unable to continue as a going concern.

(a) Accounting policies

Revenue recognition
Revenue is the fair value of goods and services sold to third parties as part of the Group’s trading activities, net of discounts.  
Revenue primarily arises from the sale of food and beverage in the Group’s trading outlet and is recognised at the point of delivery  
to the customer.

Revenue from the sale of discount cards is recognised consistent with customers’ usage of the cards. Party deposits are held as deferred 
revenue until the date of event, at what point it is recognised as revenue.

Expenses

Cost of sales
Cost of sales principally comprises the purchase cost of drinks and food sold.

Supplier rebates
Supplier rebates are recognised as a deduction from cost of sales on an accruals basis using the contractual terms and volumes supplied  
up to the statement of financial position date for each relevant supplier contract. Where rebates are conditional on long-term minimum  
volumes, management judgement is applied as to the achievement of those volumes. Accrued rebates receivable as at the date of the 
statement of financial position are included within trade and other receivables. Where listing fees received are conditional on a contractual 
term, the amounts are recognised over that term.

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

77

Financing income and expenses
•  Financing expenses comprise interest payable on borrowings and other finance charges.

• 

Interest income and interest payable are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income  
on an accruals basis, using the effective interest method.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit  
or loss and other comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the tax  
is also recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or credit receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period using tax rates enacted  
or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes  
and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill;  
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination;  
and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount  
of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using  
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur  
expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components.

Segment information is based on internal reports regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order  
to assess each segment’s performance and to allocate resources to them. The CODM is the Board (see note 2).

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments and restricted share awards to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are revalued at each reporting period. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period based on the Group’s estimated number of shares that will vest. This is recognised as an employee expense or credit with  
a corresponding increase or decrease in equity. Fair value is evaluated using the Monte Carlo model for options subject to market-based 
performance conditions and by using the Black-Scholes model for options subject to any other performance condition. 

Exceptional items
Items that are unusual or infrequent in nature and material in size are disclosed separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss  
and other comprehensive income. The separate reporting of these items helps, in the opinion of the Directors, to provide a more accurate 
indication of the Group’s underlying business performance. Exceptional items typically include impairments of property, plant and equipment 
and right-of-use assets, venue closure costs, significant contract termination costs and costs associated with major one-off projects. Charges 
related to share-based payment arrangements are not treated as exceptional but are excluded from the calculation of adjusted EBITDA due  
to significant variations in the annual charges/credits historically arising from senior employees with significant options leaving the business  
and changes to the probability of share options vesting.

Bar opening costs
Bar opening costs refer to revenue costs incurred in preparing a new bar for opening and include all costs incurred before opening and 
preparing for launch, even if the bar does not open in the reporting period. These costs are excluded from the calculation of adjusted EBITDA. 
The separate reporting of these items helps provide a more accurate indication of the Group’s underlying business performance, which the 
Directors believe would otherwise be distorted due to the irregular timing of the opening of new bars.

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents,  
loans and borrowings and trade and other payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost  
using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Receivables also include credit and debit card sales which have not  
reached the bank at the reporting date.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview78 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

1. General information continued
(a) Accounting policies continued

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances at bank or held in the business and on-call deposits. Bank overdrafts repayable on  
demand and forming an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flow only.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition,  
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of Ordinary Shares are recognised  
as a deduction from equity net of any related tax.

Share premium
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose due to the return of share capital related to the sale of a subsidiary business on 22 February 2014. 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.  
Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is charged to write-off the cost of assets over their estimated useful lives on the following bases:

Short leasehold premises and improvements 

– Lower of 25 years or the unexpired term of the leasehold agreement on a straight-line 
basis for new bars, and the lower of 10 years or the unexpired term of the leasehold 
agreement on a straight-line basis for refurbishments at existing bars

IT equipment and office furniture 
Fixtures and fittings in licensed premises 

– 3 to 4 years on a straight-line basis
– 5 to 10 years on a straight-line basis

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Depreciation policies and useful economic lives are reviewed at each statement of financial position date.

Short leasehold costs include directly attributable employment costs and related personal expenses of individuals employed to manage  
or implement the Company’s capital development programme.

Leases
Where the Company is a lessee, a right-of-use asset and lease liability are both recognised at the outset of the lease. Each lease liability  
is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payment obligations taking account of the likelihood of lease extension  
or break options being exercised. Each lease liability is subsequently adjusted to reflect imputed interest, payments made to the lessor  
and any modifications to the lease. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the amount of the lease liability,  
plus lease payments made at or before the commencement date adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments,  
less any incentives received to enter in to the lease, plus any initial direct costs incurred by the Group to execute the lease, and less any 
onerous lease provision. The right-of-use asset is depreciated in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on property, plant and 
equipment. The amount charged to the income statement comprises the depreciation of the right-of-use asset and the imputed interest  
on the lease liability.

The Company has utilised the practical expedient to not assess whether rent waivers agreed as a result of COVID-19 are lease modifications.

Impairment of tangible fixed assets and right-of-use assets
At each statement of financial position date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible assets to determine whether there  
is any indication of an impairment loss. The carrying amount of assets that do not directly generate cash flows are allocated to other cash 
generating units (“CGUs”) to which it is related as part of the impairment testing of those CGUs.

Impairment testing is performed by reference to establishing the recoverable amount of an asset. The recoverable amount is the higher  
of fair value less costs to sell, and value in use. In assessing value in use, estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value  
using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the 
estimate of future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than the asset’s 
carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

79

Intangible assets
Intangible assets comprise capitalised trademark licences and are recognised at cost. They have a finite useful life and are carried  
at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate the cost of intangible assets over  
their estimated useful life of ten years.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value, with due allowance being made for obsolete or slow-moving items.  
Cost is based on the first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and other costs in bringing  
them to their existing location and condition. Cost is stated net of supplier volume rebates. Inventories include a value for small value sundry 
consumable items associated with delivering product to customers. The most significant of these consumables are glassware, cutlery and 
crockery, sundry bar equipment and product garnishes. The initial cost of these items on opening a new bar is attributed to inventory but  
any ongoing expenditure to replace or replenish such items is expensed.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less further costs expected to be incurred prior to sale or disposal.

Employee benefits

Defined contribution pension plans
A defined contribution pension plan is a post-employment benefit plan towards which the Group pays fixed contributions to a separate  
entity as part of an employee’s contractual arrangement whilst they remain in the Group’s employment. The Group has no legal or constructive 
obligation to pay further amounts to such pension plans. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised  
as an expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the periods during which services are  
rendered by employees.

Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.  
A liability is recognised for amounts expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus and profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present  
legal or constructive obligation to pay such amounts as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be  
estimated reliably.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result  
of a past event which can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects risks specific to the liability.

The Group provides for those costs that are considered to be unavoidable prior to lease termination; dilapidation costs are provided  
for against all leasehold properties across the entire estate.

COVID-19 accounting policies
As has been the case for all hospitality businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group’s trading venues were subject to various  
UK Government enforced lockdowns since 20 March 2020, finally allowing outdoor trading to restart from 12 April 2021, indoor trading from 
17 May 2021, and the relief of further restrictions from 19 July 2021. During the financial year, the Group has been unable to trade for periods  
of time, and been imposed under significant restrictions under others. Therefore, the Group has had the ability to generate varying levels  
of income. Recognising this, the UK Government has made available certain reliefs and support schemes from which the Company has been 
able to benefit. Given the temporary nature of these reliefs and their material impact on the reported performance of the Company, relevant 
accounting policies are set out below.

The Directors have considered whether the collective benefit of Government support to counter the impact of ‘COVID-19’ should be  
reported as an exceptional credit but given the severe impact of the pandemic on the underlying trading numbers and that the reliefs were 
introduced by Government to mitigate the trading impact, the Directors do not believe that to do so would be meaningful. Support during  
the COVID lockdown has come in many different forms and from a number of stakeholders, including suppliers and landlords, not just 
Government, and therefore, given that all of that support is inextricably linked to the prevailing imposed lockdown and operating restrictions  
the Directors are of the opinion that to identify all forms of support is impractical and not meaningful. However, where notes to the financial 
statements lend themselves to cross-referencing and quantifying external support such as the disclosures of payroll and rent information, 
additional information has been given.

Furlough and the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (CJRS)
The Company has utilised the CJRS extensively throughout the period of lockdown. The scheme has allowed a maximum of 80% of the  
normal earnings of individuals who have been furloughed up to a maximum cap of £2,500 per month per employee, with periods of reduction 
until it is phased out. The Company pays the furlough wages and then lodges a claim to Government for reimbursement. The claims are made  
in line with changing Government guidance. The Government claim is accounted for on an accruals basis and, therefore in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss, matches the furlough wages. Unpaid claims to Government are included in Trade and other receivables in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. The claim is netted against the corresponding payroll expense included in operating costs.

Rates holiday 
The Government has provided relief for general rates by way of a rates holiday for hospitality businesses for the 2020/21 fiscal year; 
accordingly, no rates charges have been recorded for FY21 and charges will not resume until the second quarter of FY22 where rates  
will be discounted at 66% for the remainder of 2021/22 to a cap of £2.0 million for the Group.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview80 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

1. General information continued
(a) Accounting policies continued

Government grants
The Government have provided various Local Authority grants to support the hospitality industry, particularly for periods of closure or severe 
restrictions. There have been various rules around claiming these, with the values predominantly based on the rateable value of the properties. 
This income has been recognised as Grant Income within operating profit on a cash basis as it relates to the period that it is received.

Rent concessions
Given the level of uncertainty around trading and financing arrangements, the Group invested significant time agreeing rental concessions  
and re-gears that would allow both the Group and landlord to proceed through the tougher trading conditions. 

Only those rental concessions agreed with landlords prior to the end of the FY21 reporting period and relating to FY21, or FY20 where they 
were not agreed before the end of FY20, have been accounted for within the reporting period. Rent-free periods or reduced rental periods  
that are in effect a gift from the landlord with nothing given in exchange are treated as an immediate relief of rent under IFRS 16 and taken  
as a credit to the income statement. However, where the rental concession is in exchange for an extension to the term of a lease or for some 
other structural change to the terms of the lease, it is treated as a lease modification and the right-of-use asset and lease liability are modified 
for the new terms.

(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty
The preparation of consolidated financial information in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates  
and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.  
Actual results in due course may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis and are based on historical experience and other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised  
in the period in which the revision takes place and in any future periods affected. 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation and uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial 
position that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
period are set out below.

The Directors consider the principal judgements made in the Financial Statements to be:

Judgements made in assessing the impact of COVID-19 on the financial statements
We have exercised judgement in evaluating the impact of COVID-19 on the financial statements. The areas identified are as follows:

•  Going concern, where assumptions have been made as to the likelihood of further spikes in COVID-19 and the ongoing operating 

restrictions impacting all hospitality businesses;

• 

• 

Impact on future cash flows included within the value in use calculations used in impairment assessments;

IFRS 9, the increased Expected Credit Loss rate of 2% remains to reflect the enhanced risk of supplier failure (collecting rebates).

Exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments: adjusted profitability measures
Management uses a range of measures to monitor and assess the Group’s financial performance. These measures include a combination  
of statutory measures calculated in accordance with IFRS and alternative performance measures (“APMs”). These APMs include the  
following adjusted measures of profitability:

•  adjusted operating profit before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments;

•  adjusted profit before tax before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments;

•  adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based 

payments (“adjusted EBITDA”); 

•  converting profit measures back to IAS 17 from IFRS 16 through the inclusion of rental expense and other relevant adjustments; and

•  adjusted basic earnings per share before exceptional items, bar opening costs and share-based payments.

The Directors believe that these measures provide management and investors with useful additional information on the Group’s  
performance. The above measures represent the equivalent IFRS measures but are adjusted to exclude items that the Directors  
consider may prevent a relevant comparison of the Group’s performance both from one reporting period to another and with other  
similar businesses.

These items are not defined under IFRS and as such there is judgement applied in the classification of items as exceptional. Exceptional items 
are classified as those which are separately identifiable by virtue of their size, nature or expected frequency and therefore warrant separate 
presentation. Bar opening costs are another item that the Directors consider should be presented separately to allow a better understanding  
of the underlying performance of the business. Presentation of these measures is not intended to be a substitute for or to promote them above 
statutory measures.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

81

The Group’s consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income provides a reconciliation of the adjusted profitability 
measures, excluding exceptional and other non-underlying items to the equivalent unadjusted IFRS measures. 

Bar opening costs comprise non-recurring bar opening costs, which are costs incurred between a bar being acquired and commencement  
of trading. It predominantly includes property overheads and staff recruitment, payroll and training costs.

Exceptional items and bar opening costs are further detailed in note 3 to the financial statements.

Items considered to be exceptional or bar opening costs that are separately identified in order to aid comparability may include the following:

•  costs incurred in association with business combinations and other transactions, such as legal and professional fees and stamp duty;

•  costs incurred in respect of termination of Director’s contracts; and

• 

impairment charges in respect of tangible assets as a result of bar underperformances. 

Charges/credits relating to share-based payments arising from the Group’s long-term incentive schemes are not considered to be exceptional 
but are separately identified due to the scope for significant variation in charges/credits due to changes in senior management and the 
probability of share options vesting amongst other factors.

Capitalisation of employment costs
The Company capitalises employment costs and related personal expenses of individuals whose job roles are fundamentally associated  
with managing or implementing the Company’s capital development programme. Judgement is therefore applied in determining the element  
of internal employment costs which are directly attributable to capital projects. Where such an individual undertakes non-capital expenditure 
related activities as part of their job role then that proportion of their cost is not capitalised unless the non-capital expenditure related activities 
are incidental to their role.

The Directors consider the principal estimates made in the Financial Statements to be:

Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (note 11)
Assets that are subject to depreciation are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying  
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated 
recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the expected  
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the rate  
of return expected on an investment of equivalent risk. For an asset that does not generate an independent income stream, the recoverable 
amount is determined in conjunction with the cash generating units (“CGU”) to which the asset relates.

Determining value in use requires a series of estimates to be made including an appropriate discount rate to calculate the present value,  
an estimate of the cash flows expected to arise from the CGU (including an assessment of revenue and cost base growth) and a long-term 
growth rate. For further details of the sensitivity of the calculation of impairment provisions to these key assumptions, see note 11.

The key assumptions in the value in use calculation are the applicable discount rate of 9.0 per cent (2020: 8.2 per cent) and long-term  
revenue and cost base growth rates of 1 per cent (2020: 1 per cent).

(c) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has not applied any new or amended standards in the annual reporting period commencing 28 June 2020.

(d) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the reporting period ended  
3 July 2021 and have not been early adopted by the Group. 

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements, and IAS 8 Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates  

and errors’ definition of material.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview82 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

2. Segmental information
The Group’s continuing operating businesses are organised and managed as reportable business segments according to the information  
used by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in its decision making and reporting structure.

The Group’s internal management reporting is focused predominantly on revenue and APM IAS 17 adjusted EBITDA, as these are the principal 
performance measures and drives the allocation of resources. The CODM receives information by trading venue, each of which is considered  
to be an operating segment. All operating segments have similar characteristics and, in accordance with IFRS 8, are aggregated to form  
an ‘Ongoing business’ reportable segment. Within the ongoing business, assets and liabilities cannot be allocated to individual operating 
segments and are not used by the CODM for making operating and resource allocation decisions.

The Group performs all its activities in the United Kingdom. All the Group’s non-current assets are located in the United Kingdom.  
Revenue is earned from the sale of drink and food with a small amount of admission income.

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:
– operating expenses excluding exceptional items
– exceptional items
– grant income

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Depreciation is disclosed in note 5.

3. Operating expenses

Sales and distribution
Administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

39,417
(11,352)

110,074
(26,571)

28,065

83,503

(47,217)
(5,361)
3,357

(88,388)
(27,770)
–

(49,221)

(116,158)

(21,156)

(32,655)

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
 £’000

43,639
8,939

52,578

101,161
14,997

116,158

The Group also received grant income of £3.4 million which is included in operating expense; please see note 4 for further information.

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items, by virtue of their size, incidence or nature, are disclosed separately in order to allow a better understanding of the  
underlying trading performance of the Group. Exceptional charges/(credits) comprised the following:

Administrative expenses:
– impairment of right-of-use assets
– impairment of property, plant and equipment
– lease modification
– gain on disposal
– delist from Main market and admission to AIM
– property restructure
– other

Total exceptional items

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
 £’000

8,315
3,273
(28)
(8,388)
–
2,189
–

5,361

19,566
8,727
(897)
–
371
–
3

27,770

 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

83

Following implementation of IFRS 16, impairment reviews now also include right-of-use assets relating to leases. The net book value  
of property, plant and equipment at 30 of the Group’s bars (2020: 37) was written down, including right-of-use asset write-downs at 31 bars 
(2020: 37). Four (2020: eight) of these bars had not been subject to impairment charges previously. The impairment charge is attributable  
to the combined effect of the increase of the right-of-use assets following lease re-gears and the impact of COVID-19 on trading  
performance. The Directors considered that trading at these bars is unlikely to recover in the foreseeable future to a level that would  
justify their current book value.

A credit for lease modification was recognised where the respective IFRS 16 creditors had reduced following a reduction in rental amount  
or length of lease. Where a lease modification reduces the scope of a lease, the gain is netted against the related right-of-use asset.  
Where the right-of-use asset is fully impaired, the gain is taken as a credit to administrative expenses.

During the period, two loss-making leases have been surrendered (Liverpool Cavern Quarter and Huddersfield de Cuba) and a further  
six sites (America Square, Birmingham, Clapham Junction, Richmond, Solihull and Sunderland) returned to their landlords through  
a Company Voluntary Arrangement (“CVA”) undertaken by the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary entity, Revolution Bars Limited.  
The Property Restructure costs predominantly comprise the associated CVA professional fees, alongside other legal and professional  
costs incurred through landlord negotiations and the relevant closure costs of the affected sites.

Exceptional gains on disposal occurred in respect of these lease surrenders as a result of extinguishing IFRS 16 lease liabilities, and is net  
of surrender premiums paid and payable to landlords and other relevant exit costs; this net position is classified as an exceptional gain  
on disposal.

Gross gain on disposal
Surrender premiums paid in period
Related surrender costs paid in period
Impairment on exited properties

Total exceptional gain on disposal

4. Grant income

Local authority grants

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021 
 £’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

(9,686)
450
71
777

(8,388)

–
–
–
–

–

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021 
 £’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

3,357

3,357

–

–

The Government have provided various Local Authority grants to support the hospitality industry, particularly for periods of closure  
or severe restrictions. There have been various rules around claiming these, with the values predominantly based on the rateable value  
of the properties. This income has been recognised as Other Income within operating loss.

5. Group operating loss
Group operating loss is stated after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangibles
Auditors’ remuneration:
– audit fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of these financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for:
– audit of financial statements of subsidiary companies
– interim review

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

6,045
5,770
3,273
8,315
1

155

85
–

7,397
7,215
8,727
19,566
1

151

76
21

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview84 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

6. Staff numbers and costs
The average monthly number of employees during each period, analysed by category, was as follows:

Administrative
Operational

The aggregate payroll costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payment charge (note 22)

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020

92
2,403

2,495

98
2,870

2,968

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
 £’000

19,401
2,068
527
64

22,060

32,821
2,339
597
42

35,799

Aggregate payroll costs include £0.1 million (2020: £0.3 million) capitalised as property, plant and equipment, and are net of £14.5 million  
(2020: £7.6 million) of Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme grants received.

7. Directors’ remuneration

Aggregate emoluments
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

Emoluments in respect of the highest paid Director
Aggregate emoluments
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

766
48

814

397
45

442

668
42

710

327
42

369

1 

Includes salary enhancements made in lieu of pension contributions due to pension caps.

Two Directors (2020: one) were enrolled in a defined contribution pension scheme in the period. In addition to the above,  
£107k (2020: £353k) of long-term incentive share options were awarded to the highest paid Director in the period.

The Directors agreed varying reductions in salary throughout the majority of FY21, at a maximum reduction of 50%, to mitigate  
the impact of COVID-19; please see the Directors’ Remuneration Report for further information.

8. Finance expense and income

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts
Interest on lease liabilities

Interest payable

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

1,133
4,007

5,140

599
4,335

4,934

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

85

Gross gain on disposal
Surrender premiums paid in period
Related surrender costs paid in period
Surrender premiums to be paid

Total exceptional finance income

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021 
 £’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

–
–
–
–

–

(8,893)
1,369
405
1,250

(5,869)

Exceptional gains on disposal occurred in respect of lease surrenders as a result of extinguishing IFRS 16 lease liabilities, and is net  
of surrender premiums paid and payable to landlords; this net position is classified as exceptional finance income.

9. Income tax 
The major components of the Group’s tax credit for each period are:

Analysis of credit in the period
Current tax
UK corporation tax on the loss for the period

Deferred tax – Profit and loss account
Origination and reversal of timing differences
IFRS 16 deferred tax unwinding
Write-off of IFRS 16 deferred tax asset

Deferred tax – Reserves
Tax impact of change in accounting policy

Total deferred tax

Total tax credit

Factors affecting current tax credit for the period
Loss before taxation

Loss at standard rate of UK corporation tax (2021: 19.0%; 2020: 19.0%)
Effects of:
– expenses not deductible for tax and other permanent differences
– adjustment in respect of prior periods
– changes in expected tax rates on deferred tax balances
– deferred tax not recognised

Total tax charge/(credit) for the period

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

(413)
310
3,564

3,461

(3,874)

(413)

(413)

(26,296)

(31,720)

(4,996)

(6,027)

386
(4)
(5,635)
10,249

–

1,463
(111)
3
8,133

3,461

At 3 July 2021, the Group has carried forward tax losses of £23.6 million (2020: £13.8 million) available to offset against future profits  
for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised (2020: no deferred tax liability recognised).

The Finance Bill 2016 enacted provisions to reduce the main rate of UK corporation tax to 17% from 1 April 2020. However, in the March  
2020 Budget it was announced that the reduction in the UK rate to 17% will now not occur and the Corporation Tax Rate will be held at  
19% for the years starting 1 April 2020 and 2021. The Group has recognised deferred tax in relation to UK companies at 19% accordingly.

In the March 2021 Budget, it was announced that from 1 April 2023 the Corporation Tax Rate for non-ring fenced profits will be increased  
to 25% applying to profits over £250,000. Companies with profits between £50,000 and £250,000 will pay tax at the main rate reduced  
by a margin relief providing a gradual increase in the effective Corporation Tax rate, and a small profits rate will also be introduced for 
companies with profits of £50,000 or less so that they will continue to pay Corporation Tax at 19%.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
86 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

10. Loss per share
The calculation of loss per Ordinary Share is based on the results for the period, as set out below.

Loss for the period (£’000)

Weighted average number of shares – basic and diluted (‘000)

Basic loss per Ordinary Share (pence)

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021

52 weeks 
ended
27 June 2020

(26,296)

(35,181)

124,075

50,029

(21.2)

(70.3)

Loss for the period was impacted by one-off exceptional costs and bar opening costs. A calculation of adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share  
is set out below.

Adjusted EPS

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation 
Exceptional items, share-based payments and bar opening costs 
Exceptional finance income

Adjusted loss on ordinary activities before taxation 
Taxation (charge)/credit on ordinary activities 
Taxation on exceptional items and bar opening costs

Adjusted loss on ordinary activities after taxation 
Basic and diluted number of shares (‘000)
Adjusted basic and diluted loss per share (pence)

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
 £’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

(26,296)
5,425
–

(20,871)
–
(2,600)

(23,471)
124,075
(18.9)

(31,720)
27,812
(5,869)

(9,777)
(3,461)
(5,447)

(18,685)
50,029
(37.3)

On 27 July 2020 an additional 75,017,495 of shares were issued as part of the Group’s admission to AIM and Fundraising, and on 15 June 2021 
an additional 105,001,866 of shares were issued as a further Fundraising, taking the total issued share capital to 230,048,520. The shares have 
been weighted accordingly for the above tables based on date of issue.

11. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Property, plant and equipment 

Cost
At 29 June 2019
Additions 

At 27 June 2020
Additions
Transfers

At 3 July 2021

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 29 June 2019
Provided in the period
Impairment charges

At 27 June 2020
Provided in the period
Impairment charges
Transfers

At 3 July 2021

Net book value

At 3 July 2021

At 27 June 2020

At 29 June 2019

Freehold land
and buildings
£’000

Short 
leasehold
premises
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

IT equipment 
and
office furniture
£’000

80,868
1,872

82,740
1,133
15

83,888

(35,190)
(3,709)
(11,853)

(50,752)
(3,238)
(2,750)
–

54,579
1,667

56,246
641
–

56,887

(42,403)
(2,880)
(2,997)

(48,280)
(2,282)
(465)
(6)

8,217
674

8,891
264
–

9,155

(6,956)
(808)
(69)

(7,833)
(525)
(58)
(6)

Total
£’000

145,090
4,213

149,303
2,038
15

151,356

(85,765)
(7,397)
(14,919)

(108,081)
(6,045)
(3,273)
(12)

(56,740)

(51,033)

(8,422)

(117,411)

27,148

31,988

45,678

5,854

7,966

12,176

733

1,058

1,261

33,945

41,222

59,325

1,426
–

1,426
–
–

1,426

(1,216)
–
–

(1,216)
–
–
–

(1,216)

210

210

210

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

87

Short 
leasehold 
premises
£’000

–

94,268
2,767
–

97,035
8,234
–
–

105,269

–
(7,035)
(19,566)

(26,601)
(5,625)
(9,092)

(41,318)

63,951

70,434

Vehicles
£’000

–

398
10
27

435
–
–
(17)

418

–
(180)
–

(180)
(145)
–

(325)

93

255

Total
£’000

–

94,666
2,777
27

97,470
8,234
–
(17)

105,687

–
(7,215)
(19,566)

(26,781)
(5,770)
(9,092)

(41,643)

64,044

70,689

Right-of-use assets 

Cost
At 29 June 2019

Recognition of right-of-use assets
Reassessment/modification of assets previously recognised
Additions

At 27 June 2020
Reassessment/modification of assets previously recognised
Additions
Disposals

At 3 July 2021

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 29 June 2019
Provided in the period
Impairment charges

At 27 June 2020
Provided in the period
Impairment charges

At 3 July 2021

Net book value

At 3 July 2021

At 27 June 2020

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are recognised in operating expenses in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. £777k of right-of-use asset impairment was offset against  
the exceptional gain on disposal as it related to exited sites, whereas the rest is included in exceptional operating costs.

The Group has determined that for the purposes of impairment testing, each bar is a cash generating unit (“CGU”). The bars are tested  
for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” when a triggering event is identified. The recoverable amounts for CGUs  
are predominantly based on value in use, which is derived from the forecast cash flows generated to the end of the lease term discounted  
at the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

During the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021, the Group impaired the property, plant and equipment of 30 CGUs (2020: 37 CGUs) and the  
right-of-use assets of 31 CGUs (2020: 37 CGUs), either partially or in full, based on the value in use of the CGU being lower than the  
prevailing net book value. When an impairment loss is recognised, the asset’s adjusted carrying value is depreciated over its remaining  
useful economic life.

Impairment testing methodology
At the end of each reporting period, a filter test is used to identify whether the carrying value of a CGU is potentially impaired. This test 
compares a multiple of run rate EBITDA, adjusted for an allocation of central overheads, to the carrying value of the CGU. If this test indicates  
a potential impairment, a more detailed value in use review is undertaken using cash flows based on Board-approved forecasts covering  
a three-year period. These forecasts combine management’s understanding of historical performance and knowledge of local market 
environments and competitive conditions to set realistic views for future growth rates. Cash flows beyond this three-year period are 
extrapolated using a long-term growth rate to the end of the lease term. The cash flows assume a 5-year refurb cycle, with an increase  
in revenue factored after refurbishments based on historical refurbishment outcomes.

Historically, the multiple of earnings applied in the filter test has been multiplied by the shorter of the remaining lease term or eight years. 
However, in the current period, a lower multiple of seven has been used in recognition of the severely adverse trading impact of COVID  
raising the prospect of more widespread CGU impairments that may only be revealed by detailed value in use reviews. Using the lower  
multiple naturally flags more CGUs for the more detailed value in use review.

The key assumptions in the value in use calculations are typically the cash flows contained within the Group’s trading forecasts, the long-term 
growth rate and the risk-adjusted pre-tax discount rate as follows:

•  The Budget for FY22 is based on the last twelve months of trading prior to COVID-19, being the last twelve months of normal trade, and then 
accordingly adjusted. Management have applied a -5% to the first quarter of FY22, and -5% softening at Christmas, to account for restrictions 
in the devolved nations and a cautious return of customers. The rest of the year is flat; based on the return of customers and pent up demand 
seen at the end of FY21 which is viewed as a reasonable base case. Management’s Three Year Plan is then used as the best forecast for 
FY23 and FY24, which applies a 2% and then 3% increase in sales year-on-year. This is deemed the most suitable basis at the year-end  
for considering whether the assets were impaired at the balance sheet date and, therefore, management has adopted these assumptions  
in all of the detailed value in use reviews.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

11. Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets continued
Trade has improved since the balance sheet date, with the release of restrictions in England in July and release of restrictions in the devolved 
nations. The Group continues to enjoy positive trade, but clearly a level of uncertainty exists as the Group enters Winter. As such, a severe  
but plausible downside case has been applied as a sensitivity, being Management’s best estimate as a severe but plausible scenario.  
This assumes November is a full lockdown, as is the period January – April, with no trade in any of these months. Applying this to the 
impairment calculations, instead of the budget, would increase impairment by approximately £0.6 million.

•  The long-term growth rate has been applied from July 2021 at 1.0 per cent (2020: 1.0 per cent).

•  Pre-tax discount rate: 9.0 per cent (2020: 8.2 per cent) based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on each of the long-term growth rate and pre-tax discount rate assumptions with other variables  
held constant. Increasing the pre-tax discount rate by 1 per cent would result in additional impairments of £0.2 million. A 0.1 per cent decrease  
in the long-term growth rate would result in additional impairments of less than £0.1 million. As referred to above, a November lockdown period 
and January – April lockdown period, removing all sales during those periods, would result in an increase in the impairment charge of circa  
£0.6 million.
12. Intangible assets

Cost
At 27 June 2020
Additions

At 3 July 2021

Accumulated amortisation
At 27 June 2020
Provided in the period

At 3 July 2021

Net book value

At 3 July 2021

At 27 June 2020

Total
£’000

21
5

26

(1)
(1)

(2)

24

20

Trademarks are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which is 10 years. Amortisation is charged within operating expenses in the 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

13. Inventories

Goods held for resale
Sundry stocks

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

1,996
960

2,956

2,525
1,068

3,593

Sundry stocks include items such as glasses, packaging, uniform and drinks decorations. Inventory is net of provision of £543,000  
(2020: £810,000).

The cost of inventories is recognised as an expense in cost of sales as follows:

Cost of inventories

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

11,352

26,571

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

89

14. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year
Trade receivables
Accrued rebate income
Prepayments 
Other debtors

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

1,896
720
2,469
133

5,218

661
114
2,054
600

3,429

The above Other debtors relates to a furlough claim for £133k made on 14 July 2021 for the period 1 June 2021 to 30 June 2021. 

In total, amounts of £14.5 million have been claimed relating to FY21, of which £14.3 million was received pre year-end. A further £5k has  
been claimed as at the date of this report relating to FY22 due to the reopening of the business.

The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 31-60 days
More than 60 days

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

1,816
17
10
53

1,896

184
6
4
467

661

The Directors are not aware of any factors affecting the recoverability of outstanding balances as at 3 July 2021.

All receivables are GBP denominated. The Group trade and other receivables is net of a specific provision for bad and doubtful debts  
of £29k (2020: £nil) and a provision for bad and doubtful debts of £114k (2020: £nil), and an IFRS 9 expected credit loss provision of £23k  
(2020: £16k). 

Prepayments and accrued rebate income do not contain impaired assets. There is no difference between the carrying value and fair value  
of all trade and other receivables. £0.8 million of prepayments relates to property rent and rates (2020: £0.4 million).

£1.5 million of Trade and other Receivables relates to uncleared credit and debit card takings (2020: £nil due to the UK Government’s  
enforced closure of bars from 20 March 2020).

15. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

12,118

2,502

Cash and cash equivalents consist entirely of cash at bank and on hand. Balances are denominated in Sterling. The Directors consider  
that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value. 

16. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Other taxes and social security costs

 At 3 July 2021

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

7,526
122
10,197
2,516

5,587
24
7,364
2,820

20,361

15,795

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled 30 days after the month of invoice. Trade payables are 
denominated in Sterling. The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.  
The value of trade payables and accruals is substantially higher at 3 July 2021; this is as a result of the Group’s return to trading.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
90 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

17. Lease liabilities

At 27 June 2020
Reassessment/modification of liabilities previously recognised
Modifications taken as a credit to administrative expenses (note 3)
Surrender of leases (note 3)
Lease liability payments
Lease concessions
Finance costs

At 3 July 2021

Short 
leasehold 
properties
£’000

112,903
8,233
(28)
(9,686)
(8,296)
(2,047)
4,000

105,079

Vehicles
£’000

260
–
–
(20)
(149)
–
7

98

Total
£’000

113,163
8,233
(28)
(9,706)
(8,445)
(2,047)
4,007

105,177

Cash payments in the period comprise interest of £4.0 million and principal of £4.4 million. Lease liabilities are comprised of the following 
balance sheet amounts:

Amounts due within one year
Amounts due after more than one year

Lease liabilities are as follows:

Not more than one year
Minimum lease payments
Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

Between one and five years
Minimum lease payments
Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

More than five years
Minimum lease payments
Interest element

Present value of minimum lease payments

18. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Revolving credit facility
Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

5,143
100,034

10,203
102,960

105,177

113,163

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

9,245
(4,102)

5,143

46,362
(16,841)

14,826
(4,623)

10,203

42,210
(14,165)

29,521

28,045

91,588
(21,075)

98,752
(23,837)

70,513

74,915

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

–
15,751

15,751

24,500
–

24,500

As at the date of the consolidated financial position, the Group had an undrawn revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) of £17.3 million  
expiring in June 2022, which has been extended in November 2021 till June 2023.

At the start of the reporting period, the Group received a £16.5m Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) loan.  
The CLBILS is a three-year term loan, the proceeds of which were used to pay down the Facility. A further £3.5 million CLBILS was received  
in April 2021. 

The Facility and the CLBILS are secured and supported by debentures over the assets of Revolution Bars Group plc, Revolución De Cuba 
Limited, Revolution Bars Limited, Revolution Bars (Number Two) Limited and Inventive Service Company Limited, and an unlimited guarantee.

All borrowings are held in Sterling. There is no material difference between the fair value and book value of the Group interest-bearing 
borrowings. For more information on the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, see note 23.

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

91

19. Provisions
Provisions relate to a provision for dilapidations due at the end of leases. The Group provides for unavoidable costs associated with lease 
terminations and expiries against all leasehold properties across the entire estate, built up over the period until exit.

At 27 June 2020
Movement on provision
Utilisation of provision

At 3 July 2021

Current
Non-current

Other provisions
£’000

Dilapidations  
provision
£’000

Total  
provision
£’000

–
842
–

842

1,019
533
(148)

1,404

1,019
1,375
(148)

2,246

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

842
1,404

2,246

–
1,019

1,019

Other provisions include provisions for various COVID-19 related items. Dilapidation provisions are expected to be utilised over the next  
5-15 years as leases come to an end. 
20. Deferred tax
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and 
 prior reporting periods:

At 29 June 2019
(Charge)/credit to income

At 27 June 2020
Charge to income

At 3 July 2021

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Total

Disclaimed or 
not used 
Capital 
Allowances
£’000

Brought-
forward losses
£’000

Share-based
payments
£’000

19
(19)

–
–

–

(916)
916

–
–

–

484
(484)

–
–

–

Total
£’000

(413)
413

–
–

–

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

–
–

–

–
–

–

As at the reporting date, the Group had unused tax losses of £23.6 million (2020: £13.9 million) available for offset against future taxable profits, but  
has not recognised a deferred tax asset in relation to these (or any other credits, including for Capital Allowances) due to uncertain trading conditions.
21. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares (2020: 50,029,159 £0.001 Ordinary Shares)

Share capital at the start of the period
Share capital issued during the period

Share capital at the end of the period

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

230

230

50

50

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

50 
180

230

50
–

50

On 27 July 2020 the Company issued 75,017,495 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each, and on 15 June 2021 the Company issued  
a further 105,001,866 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each. The 19.9p premium per share less the costs was credited to the share 
premium account to a total of £33.8 million.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
92 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

22. Share-based payments (equity settled)
The Group currently operates two share award plans, all of which are equity settled schemes. 

1. The Restricted Share Award scheme (“RSA)
On 24 December 2020 the Company adopted the RSA scheme. Awards under the RSA were made on 24 December 2020 to Executive 
Directors and other Senior Management. These awards vest over a period of the later of the preliminary announcement of results for the  
year ended 1 July 2023 and 24 December 2023 (being three years from the Date of Grant). These shares were awarded at £0.001 cost.  
The total charge for FY21 for this scheme was £0.05 million.

The fair value of the scheme is calculated at the reporting date taking the closing share price and revaluing at each reporting date across  
the vesting period.

2. “The Revolution Bars Group Share Plan”
Awards under the scheme have typically comprised:

•  A Nominal Cost Option (‘NCO’) granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company at an option price of 0.1 pence per share; and

•  A linked, tax-favoured Company Share Option (‘CSOP’) granted under Part II of The Revolution Bars Group Share Plan to acquire a number  

of ordinary shares in the Company. The option price is set at the market value at the time of the award. The Remuneration Committee 
determined in 2019 that it did not intend to issue any further options under the CSOP as it does not consider that the potential tax benefits 
justify the additional administration. Accordingly, the tables in this note do not include reference to the NCO scheme unless explicitly stated.

Where the NCO and CSOP options are linked, the nominal cost option can only be exercised if the related approved option is exercised  
(or waived). When an award is exercised, the related CSOP options must be exercised first and the number of shares received by an employee 
through the exercise of the nominal cost options is reduced by such number of shares as have a value equal to the gain realised on the  
exercise of the CSOP shares.

The Group’s PSP and CSOP plans are equity-settled share option schemes approved by HMRC. They were established in 2015.  
Awards are subject to performance conditions and require holders to remain employed throughout the vesting period. 

The newly created Restricted Share Award scheme was established in 2020 as a form of Management incentive; there are no specific 
performance conditions required other than satisfactory personal and company performance, and continued employment over the  
three-year vesting period.

Total share-based payment plans
The total charge for the period relating to employee share-based payment plans was £0.07 million (FY20: £0.04 million), all of which related  
to equity-settled share-based payment transactions. A charge of £0.04 million was accrued in FY21 being the associated National Insurance 
(“NI”) at 13.8% on the new RSA scheme. In September 2021 the Government announced an increase in NI rate of 1.25% to begin from April 2022, 
and thus the calculations will accordingly be updated at the next balance sheet date to reflect this increase as the new expected prevailing rate 
when the awards are exercised.

The table below summarises the amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income during 
the period for all schemes:

IPO LTIP AWARD
– Tranche 2
– Tranche 3

2016 LTIP AWARD
– Tranche 2
– Tranche 3

2017 LTIP Award
2018 LTIP Award
2019 LTIP Award
2020 LTIP Award
2021 RSA Award

53 weeks 
ended
 3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020 
£’000

–
(10)

(10)

–
(15)

(15)
20
(37)
33
22
51

64

(32)
1

(31)

(26)
–

(26)
(8)
32
49
26
–

42

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

93

In the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021, conditional awards of ordinary shares were granted as follows:

24 December 2020

Total

Restricted Share Award 
scheme ("RSA")

Nominal cost option 
("NCO")

Company share option 
plan ("CSOP")

1,311,528

1,311,528

–

–

–

–

The vesting of each NCO award is subject to the attainment of performance conditions; 70 per cent is based on an adjusted earnings  
per share (“EPS”) target (Part A) and 30 per cent on a TSR target (Part B). The adjusted EPS is based upon the non-GAAP measure as  
discussed in note 10. The RSA is dependent upon satisfactory personal and company performance, and continued employment over the 
three-year vesting period; the shares can be vested on the later of the relevant preliminary announcement or three years from initial grant.

Under the NCO and RSA schemes, the number of shares and movements in options, as well as the performance conditions are detailed below:

Movement in period
Lapsed

Granted

Forfeited

(20,000)

(3,222)

–

–

(282,392)

(240,000)

At end

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Award

Grant Date

Performance period
End

Start

At start

IPO LTIP – Tranche 3

19-Mar-15

Jun-17

Jun-20

20,000

2016 LTIP – Tranche 3

09-Nov-15

Jun-17

Jun-20

3,222

2018 LTIP 

2019 LTIP

2020 LTIP

2021 RSA

14-Nov-17 and 12-Apr-18

Jun-17

Jun-20

522,392

18-Oct-18 and 01-Apr-19

Jun-18

Jun-21

971,080

23-Oct-19

24-Dec-20

Jun-19

Jun-22

816,269

n/a

n/a

– 1,311,528

–

–

–

(185,926)

785,154

(65,000)

751,269

– 1,311,528

2,332,963 1,311,528

(305,614)

(490,926)  2,847,951

PSP & CSOP Part A – EPS targets
Part A vesting is dependent on the Company’s EPS compound growth rate over the relevant performance period as follows:

Awards prior to 2019

Awards in 2019

Portion of Part A award vesting

At least 7% per annum “Threshold”
Between 7% per annum and 13% per annum
At least 13% per annum “Target”

At least 27% per annum “Threshold”
Between 27% per annum and 50% per annum Pro rata between 25% and 100%
At least 50% per annum “Target”

100%

25%

The EPS calculation is based on Adjusted EPS. The EPS actuals, thresholds and targets for the various performance periods are as follows.

Scheme

2019 LTIP
2019 LTIP
2020 LTIP

Grant date

18-Oct-18
01-Apr-19
23-Oct-19

Performance period

Start

Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-19

End

Jun-21
Jun-22
Jun-22

Adjusted EPS
Threshold

15.9p
7.0p
7.0p

Start

13.0p
3.4p
3.4p

Target

23.0p
11.5p
11.5p

PSP & CSOP Part B – TSR targets
Part B vesting is dependent on the Company’s TSR over the relevant performance periods listed above relative to the TSR of the  
peer group of other UK-listed restaurant and bar sector companies over the same period.

No portion vests unless the Group’s TSR performance at least matches the median of the TSR performance within the comparator  
Group; thereafter the following vesting calculations apply: 

The Company’s TSR performance against the TSR of the comparator companies

Extent of vesting of Part B

Median
Between median and upper quartile
Upper quartile

25%
Pro-rata between 25% and 100%
100%

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
94 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

22. Share-based payments (equity settled) continued
2. “The Revolution Bars Group Share Plan” continued

Information used in calculating the cost of granting each option
For the IPO LTIP Award, the offer price (200 pence) has been used as the base point from which TSR is measured for the Company.  
For subsequent awards, the offer price is based on a three-month average prior to the start of the performance period. For all awards,  
the end point offer price is based on the average for the last three months of the respective performance period.

Expected volatility has been estimated by considering historical average share price volatility for the Company and similar companies.  
Staff attrition has been assessed based on historical retention rates.

The fair value of share options granted under the scheme dependent on TSR performance is estimated at the date of grant using a  
Stochastic model. The fair value of share options granted under the scheme dependent on EPS performance is estimated at the date  
of grant using the Black-Scholes model. The following table gives the assumptions relevant to options for which charges were made  
for the 52 weeks’ periods ended 27 June 2020 and 29 June 2019:

NCO: fair value at grant date – EPS (pence)
CSOP: fair value at grant date – EPS (pence)
NCO: fair value at grant date – TSR (pence)
CSOP: fair value at grant date – TSR (pence)
NCO: exercise price (pence)
CSOP: exercise price (pence)

Share price (pence)*
Expected volatility
Expected life of options (years)
Weighted average remaining life (years)
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free rate

1  Granted on 14 November 2017 and 12 April 2018.

2  Granted on 18 October 2018 and 1 April 2019.

3  Granted on 23 October 2019.

20203 award

20192 award

20181 award

67
–
34
–
0.1
–

57.4
45.0%
3.0
1.2
0.0%
0.5%

116
40
62
35
0.1
115

115
44.6%
3.0
0.2
0.0%
0.8%

139
48
86
42
0.1
162

153
57.7%
3.0
–
3.2%
1.0%

* 

The share price is stuck at the average closing mid-market price of the ordinary shares in the 3 days preceding the issue of options.

23. Financial instruments
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. The overall objective  
of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.

The Group is exposed to the following financial risks:

•  credit risk;

• 

liquidity risk;

•  market risk; and

•  capital risk.

Cash and cash equivalents are held in Pounds Sterling. Trade and other payables are measured at amortised cost.

Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the Group’s cash balances held with counterparties and trade and other receivables. Credit risk is the risk of financial  
loss to the Group if a third-party owing monies to the Group fails to meet its contractual obligations. The Group limits its exposure to credit risk 
from trade receivables by establishing a maximum payment period of three months for corporate customers.

Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost. Book values and expected cash flow are reviewed by the Board and any 
impairment is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the relevant period. Trade and other receivables do not 
contain any impaired assets.

All cash balances are held with reputable banks and the Board monitors its exposure to counterparty risk on an ongoing basis. The Group 
attempts to mitigate credit risk by assessing financial counterparties.

Given the nature of the Group’s operations, the Directors do not consider the Group’s credit risk, which arises mainly from cash held with 
mainstream UK banks, to be significant.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

95

The Group’s financial assets, which are exposed to credit risk, are as follows:

Trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 31-60 days
More than 60 days

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

1,896
12,118

14,014

661
2,502

3,163

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

1,816
17
10
53

1,896

184
6
4
467

661

The Directors are not aware of any factors affecting the recoverability of outstanding balances as at 3 July 2021.

In accordance with IFRS 9, the group has two types of financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model:

•  Trade and other receivables

•  Accrued rebate income

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance  
for all trade receivables and accrued rebate income.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and accrued rebate income have been grouped based on similar credit risk 
characteristics. Both primarily relate to outstanding amounts due from suppliers in relation to agreed rebates and thus have substantially  
the same risk characteristics. The Group has, therefore, concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable 
approximation of the loss rates for accrued rebate income. This has increased to a rate of 2% in the prior and current period following the 
increased risk of trading following Covid-19.

The expected loss rates are based on the risk profiles of the suppliers with whom the balances are held as well as the related historical  
results of recoverability. On that basis, the loss allowance as at 3 July 2021 and as at 27 June 2020 was determined as follows for both  
trade receivables and accrued rebate income:

Expected loss rate
Trade and other receivables
Accrued rebate income

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

2%
433
720

23

2%
661
114

16

The difference between trade receivables in 2021, as shown immediately above at £0.4 million, and the £1.9 million balance earlier in this  
note relates to uncleared credit and debit card takings, which have been determined as having no expected credit card loss due to their very 
short clearance period (two to three days at the balance sheet date), as well as the balance being not of the expected credit loss provision. 
There was no difference in 2020 due to the Group’s bars being closed in the latter part of the reporting period due to the UK Government’s 
enforced closure of restaurants, pubs and bars.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its future obligations  
as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its financial 
liabilities when they fall due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation. 

The Group aims to maintain a level of cash and cash equivalents in excess of expected cash outflows on financial liabilities over the next  
90 days. The Group also closely monitors the level of expected cash inflows on trade and other trade receivables.

The Group maintains forward cash flow projections, updated daily, to ensure that it always has sufficient cash on hand to meet expected 
operational expenses. The Group has committed lines of credit through an undrawn revolving credit facility due to expire in June 2022  
and Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (“CLBILS”) loans provided by Natwest, of which £15.8 million was drawn  
at 3 July 2021. See Note 1 under sub-heading Going concern for further details of the Group’s funding arrangements.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
96 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

23. Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk continued
The Group’s financial liabilities are as follows:

Trade payables
Other payables
Revolving credit facility
CLBILS loans

The maturity analysis of the financial liabilities is as follows:

As at 3 July 2021

Trade and other payables
Revolving credit facility
CLBILS loans

As at 27 June 2020

Trade and other payables
Revolving credit facility
CLBILS loans

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

7,526
122
–
15,751

23,399

< 1 year
£’000

7,648
–
–

< 1 year
£’000

5,611
–
–

1–5 years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

–
–
15,751

1–5 years
£’000

–
24,500
–

–
–
–

> 5 years
£’000

–
–
–

5,587
24
24,500
_

30,111

Total
£’000

7,648
–
15,751

Total
£’000

5,611
24,500
–

These liabilities are short term in nature and are stated on an undiscounted basis. 

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s costs.  
The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters. Market interest  
rate risk arises from the Group’s holding of interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities.

At 3 July 2021, the Group’s interest-bearing financial assets consisted solely of cash and cash equivalents (see note 15). The Group  
has interest-bearing financial liabilities as at 3 July 2021, comprising a CLBILS term loan of £15.8 million (2020: nil).

The Group does not enter into derivatives or hedging transactions.

The main risk arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk. The Group does not have any exposure to foreign currency 
risk as all of the Group’s revenue and costs are in GBP.

The Board makes ad hoc decisions at its regular meetings as to whether to hold funds in instant access accounts or longer-term deposits.  
All accounts are held with reputable UK banks. These policies, which the Directors consider to be appropriate for the current stage of 
development of the Group’s business, will be kept under review by the Board in future years. If interest rates at each period-end reporting  
date had moved by 5 per cent, the impact on results would not have been significant.

Fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of each category of financial instruments is the same as their carrying value in the Group statement of financial position.

Capital risk
The Group’s capital is made up of share capital and retained earnings.

The objectives when managing capital are:

• 

to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders; and

• 

to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet its expected operational expenses, including the servicing of any  
financial obligations. This excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances which cannot be reasonably predicted.

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.  
All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources and a revolving credit facility. There are no externally imposed 
capital requirements. Financing decisions are made by the Board based on forecasts of the expected timing and level of capital and  
operating expenditure required to meet the Group’s commitments and development plans. When monitoring capital risk, the Group  
considers its gearing ratio. 

 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

97

24. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:
Final dividend for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 of nil per share  
(52 weeks ended 27 June 2020 of nil per share)

25. Note to accompany the consolidated statement of cash flow

Cash flow from operating activities
Loss before tax from operations
Adjustments for:
Net finance expense
Exceptional finance income
Exceptional gain on disposal
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of right-of-use assets
Lease modification
Working Capital and Other movements (further analysed below)

 Amortisation of intangibles
 Charge arising from long-term incentive plans

 Operating cash flows before movement in working capital
 Decrease in inventories
 (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
 Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
 Increase in provisions

 Tax refunded

53 weeks ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks ended
27 June 2020
£’000

–

–

–

–

53 weeks ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks ended
27 June 2020
£’000

Note

(26,296)

(31,720)

5,140
–
(8,388)
6,045
5,770
3,273
8,315
(28)
3,881

1
64

(6,104)
637
(2,908)
4,859
1,228

(2,288)
–

4,934
(5,869)
–
7,397
7,215
8,727
19,566
(897)
(2,883)

1
42

9,396
493
6,444
(10,483)
619

6,469
1

22

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from operating activities

(2,288)

6,470

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

26. Related party transactions
(a) Subsidiaries
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not  
disclosed in this Note. 

(b) Key management personnel
The compensation of key management personnel (including the Directors) is as follows:

Key management emoluments including social security costs
Awards granted under long-term incentive plans
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes1

53 weeks ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks ended
27 June 2020
£’000

1,357
233
45

1,635

1,276
503
51

1,830

1 

Includes salary enhancements made in lieu of pension contributions due to pension caps.

The Group’s key management are the Directors of the Company and Senior Management as detailed on pages 32 to 34. Details of the 
Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Board Report on Remuneration. The Group did not enter into any form of loan arrangement with  
any Director during any of the reporting periods presented. 

At the Board meeting of 15 February 2021, William Tuffy advised the Board that he would be taking up a directorship at Structadene Limited,  
a private, unquoted company, with effect from 1 March 2021. Hatton Garden Properties Limited, who are landlord of the Swansea bar which 
belongs to Revolution Bars Limited, are a 100% wholly owned subsidiary of Structadene Limited.

27. Post-balance sheet events
Changes to committed borrowing facilities
As at the date of the consolidated financial position, the Group had a revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £17.3 million expiring in June 2022.  
In November 2021 the RCF was extended to June 2023. The interest rate on the RCF has been increased by 1.2% with a further up-to-1% 
chargeable if the RCF is drawn to within £5.0 million of total limits. A new deleveraging method has also been agreed with NatWest based  
on overperformance compared to the severe but plausible downside case. Further details of the Facilities, their duration, amortisation  
profiles, future availability of committed funding and financial covenant are set out under the going concern section of note 1 to the  
financial statements.

28. Alternative Performance Measures – Adjusted EBITDA – Non-IFRS 16 Basis
The Board’s preferred profit measures are Alternative Performance Measures (“APM”) adjusted EBITDA and APM adjusted pre-tax loss,  
as shown in the tables below. The APM adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, bar opening costs and charges/credits arising from  
long term incentive plans. Non-GAAP measures are presented below which encompasses adjusted EBITDA on an IFRS 16 basis.

Non-GAAP measures
Revenue

Operating loss
Exceptional items
Charge arising from long-term incentive plans

Adjusted operating loss

Finance expense

Adjusted loss before tax

Depreciation
Amortisation
Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021  
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020  
£’000

Note

2

5
3
2

8

5

8

39,417

110,074

(21,156)
5,361
64

(15,731)

(5,140)

(20,871)

11,815
1
5,140

(3,915)

(32,655)
27,770
42

(4,843)

(4,934)

(9,777)

14,612
1
4,934

9,770

 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

99

The below table reconciles from the statutory non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA to the APM formats, which translates to a pre-IFRS 16 basis  
by inputting the rental charge and other relevant adjustments.

Adjusted loss before tax
Depreciation
Amortisation
Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted loss before tax
Depreciation
Amortisation
Finance expense

Adjusted EBITDA

 53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021  
IFRS 16 
£’000

(20,871) 
11,815 
1 
5,140 

(3,915) 

 52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020  
IFRS 16 
£’000

(9,777) 
14,612 
1 
4,934 

9,770

Reduction in 
depreciation 
£’000

Reduction in
interest 
£’000

Onerous lease 
provision 
interest 
£’000

5,497 
(5,497)
–
–

–

4,007 
–
–
(4,007)

–

(37) 
–
–
37 

– 

Reduction in 
depreciation 
£’000

Reduction in
interest 
£’000

Onerous lease 
provision 
interest 
£’000

7,161 
(7,161)
–
–

–

4,335 
–
–
(4,335)

–

(48) 
–
–
48 

– 

 53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021  
IAS 17 
£’000

(19,528) 
6,318 
1 
1,170 

Rent charge 
£’000

(8,124) 

–
–
–

(8,124) 

(12,039) 

 52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020  
IAS 17 
£’000

(8,014) 
7,451 
1 
647 

85 

Rent charge 
£’000

(9,685) 

–
–
–

(9,685) 

The APM profit measures have been prepared using the reported results for the current period and replacing the accounting entries related  
to IFRS 16 Leases with an estimate of the accounting entries that would have arisen when applying IAS 17 Leases. The effective tax rate has 
been assumed to be unaltered by this change. Impairment assumptions have been re-geared for an IAS 17 perspective, and the onerous  
lease provision movement has been included.

The APM profit measures see a large reduction in depreciation due to the non-inclusion of IFRS 16 depreciation on the right-of-use assets,  
and similarly non-inclusion of the finance expense of interest on lease liabilities. The operating loss is impacted by the inclusion of rent 
expenditure from the income statement and inclusion of the onerous lease provision. Exceptionals are significant impacted by the change  
in impairment, gain on disposals recognised under IFRS 16, and the classification of certain cash closure exceptionals.

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview100 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

COMPANY STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 3 JULY 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments
Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Liabilities
Current Liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total Liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

The Company made a £0.7m loss after tax in the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021 (2020: £nil).

Signed on behalf of the Board on 15 November 2021

Danielle Davies
Director

Note

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

5

6

7

8

29,650

29,650

33,513

63,163

826

30,476

 –

 –

(667)

(667)

63,163

29,809

230
33,974
11,645
17,494

63,163

50
 –
11,645
18,114

29,809

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

101

COMPANY STATEMENT  
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

At 29 June 2019
Result and total comprehensive income for the period
Charge arising from long-term share-based payments

At 27 June 2020
Result and total comprehensive income for the period
Fundraising
Charges arising from long-term incentive plans

At 3 July 2021

Share  
capital
£’000

Share  
premium  
£’000

50
 –
 –

50
 –
180
 –

230

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
33,794
 –

33,794

Reserves

Merger
reserve
£’000

11,645
 –
 –

11,645
 –
 –
 –

11,645

Retained
earnings
£’000

18,072
 –
42

18,114
 (684)
 –
64

Total  
equity
£’000

29,767
 –
42

29,809
 (684)
33,974
64

17,494

63,163

COMPANY STATEMENT  
OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE 53 WEEKS ENDED 3 JULY 2021

Cash flow from operating activities
Result before tax
Adjustments for:
Dividends received
Increase in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Charge arising from share-based payments

Net cash flow used in operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities
Dividends received from subsidiary company

Net cash flow generated from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
Equity dividends paid
Fundraising

Net cash flow generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents

53 weeks 
ended 
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
27 June 2020
£’000

 (684)

 –
(32,687)
(667)
64

(33,974)

 –

 –

 –
33,974

33,974

 –
 –

 –

 –

 –
(709)
667
42

 –

 –

 –

 –
 –

 –

 –
 –

 –

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview 
 
 
102 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE COMPANY  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Accounting policies
Statement of compliance
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and they apply to the financial statements of the Group, for the 53 weeks ended 3 July 2021  
(prior period 52 weeks ended 27 June 2020).

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (“IFRS”). They are presented in Pounds Sterling, with values rounded to the nearest hundred 
thousand, except where otherwise indicated. The financial statements have also been prepared under the historical cost convention,  
on a going concern basis. These policies have been applied consistently, other than where new policies have been adopted.

Going concern
The Company going concern is reliant on Group performance; the Directors have reviewed the Company’s trading forecasts for the next  
12 months and formed a judgement at the time of approving the financial information that there is a reasonable expectation that the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason the Directors continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial information. Please refer to the Group going concern disclosure, which references a material 
uncertainty, for further information. This material uncertainty relates to both the Group and Company.

(a) Accounting policies

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, 
loans and borrowings and trade and other payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using  
the effective interest method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and cash held at bank. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form  
an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the  
cash flow statement.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition,  
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured  
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on  
a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. This is recognised as an  
employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value is measured by the Monte Carlo model for options subject to  
a market-based performance condition and by use of a Black-Scholes model for all others. Cost is recharged to subsidiary entities.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefit from its activities. Investments in subsidiaries represent interests in subsidiaries that  
are directly owned by the Company and are stated at cost less any provision for permanent diminution in value.

Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of Ordinary Shares are recognised as a deduction 
from equity, net of any tax effects.

Dividends
Dividends receivable from the Company’s subsidiaries and joint venture investments are recognised only when they are approved or paid 
by shareholders. 

Dividend distributions to the company’s shareholders are recognised in the period in which the dividends are paid, and, for the final dividend, 
when approved by the company’s shareholders at the AGM. 

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

103

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination; and differences relating 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided  
is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
difference can be utilised.

(b) Critical judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty
The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results in due course 
may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis and are based on historical experience and other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised  
in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation and uncertainty at the date of the statement of financial 
position that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial 
period are set out below.

The Directors consider the principal estimates made in the Financial Statements to be: 
Recoverable amount of investments (note 5)
In view of the current trading conditions an impairment review of the carrying value of the Investment in subsidiaries was carried out,  
using a value in use (‘VIU’) with free cash flows starting in FY22 (based on the board approved budget), a pre-tax discount rate of 9.0% and  
a long term growth rate of 2%. If the WACC rate was changed by 1% this would change the VIU by £3.9 million. If the long-term discount rate  
was changed by 1% this would change the VIU by £2.6 million. If both were changed by 1% this would change the VIU by £6.4 million, and as  
a downside test of the impairment review this combined sensitivity would not result in an impairment of the carrying value of the subsidiaries.

The Directors do not consider there to be any principal judgements.

(c) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
There are no relevant new standards and interpretations adopted or not yet adopted.

2. result for the period
No profit or loss account is presented for the Company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The loss after tax for  
the period was £0.7 million (2020: £nil), arising solely from the expected credit loss. 

3. Auditors’ remuneration
Auditors’ remuneration in respect of the Company audit was £1,500 (2020: £1,000). 

4. Directors’ remuneration and employee costs
Details of Directors remuneration in respect of services delivered to the Group are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on  
pages 48 to 53. The remuneration received by the Directors in respect of directly attributable services to this company is inconsequential  
in the context of the remuneration figure. The Company has no employees other than the Directors and the Directors are not remunerated 
through this Company other than by issues of share-based payments as described in Note 1 to the Company financial statements.  
The Directors are considered to be the Key Management Personnel of the Company.

5. Investments
Investments in the Company’s statement of financial position consist of investments in subsidiary undertakings as follows:

At cost and net book value:

At the beginning of the period
Investment in subsidiary

At the end of the period

53 weeks 
ended
3 July 2021
£’000

52 weeks 
ended
27 June 2020
£’000

29,650
–

29,650

29,650
–

29,650

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview104 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES TO THE COMPANY  
FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTINUED

5. Investments continued
As at 3 July 2021 and at 27 June 2020, the Company owned 100 per cent of the Ordinary Share capital of the following UK companies:

Company name

Country of incorporation 

Class of shares

Holding

Status

Inventive Guarantee Co Limited1
Revolution Bars (Number Two) Limited1
Revolution Bars Limited1
Revolución de Cuba Limited1
Inventive Service Company Limited1
Inventive Leisure Limited1
Rev Bars Limited1
Inventive Leisure (Services) Limited1
New Inventive Bar Company Limited1

United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Holding company+
Trading++
Trading++
Trading++
Trading++
Dormant++
Dormant++
Dormant++
Dormant++

1 

The registered address of each company is 21 Old Street, Ashton-under-Lyne, Tameside OL6 6LA.

+  Direct holding

++ 

Indirect holding

6. Trade and other receivables

Prepayments
Amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

–
33,514

33,514

826
–

826

Amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand. The amounts owed from subsidiary 
undertakings is net of an expected credit loss provision from IFRS 9 of £683,952 (2020: nil). 

7. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Amounts due to group undertakings

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

8. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
230,048,520 £0.001 Ordinary Shares (2020: 50,029,159 £0.001 Ordinary Shares)

Share capital at the start of the period
Share capital issued during the period

Share capital at the end of the period

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

–
–

–

56
611

667

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

230

230

50

50

3 July 2021
£’000

27 June 2020
£’000

50 
180

230

50 
–

50

On 27 July 2020 the Company issued 75,017,495 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each, and on 15 June 2021 the Company issued  
a further 105,001,866 ordinary 0.1p shares at a price of 20p each. The 19.9p premium per share less the costs was credited to the share 
premium account  to a total of £33.8 million. 

 
 
 
 
 
GLOSSARY

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

105

Adjusted

‘Adjusted’ before any performance measure denotes that it excludes exceptional items,  
share-based payment (credit)/charges and bar opening costs

Alternative Performance Measure 
(“APM”)

Key performance measure reported on an IAS 17 basis

AGM

CVA

COVID

Annual General Meeting

Company Voluntary Arrangement

The COVID-19 pandemic

Earnings per share

Profit after tax of the business divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue  
during the period

EBITDA

Earning before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation. Please refer to note 28  
for an understanding of how this metric has been affected by the implementation of IFRS 16

EPS

Earnings per share

Exceptional items

Items that by virtue of their unusual nature or size warrant separate additional disclosure  
in the financial statements in order to fully understand the performance of the Group

FY20

FY21

IAS 17

The financial reporting period ended 27 June 2020

The financial reporting period ended 3 July 2021

Where measures are described as being prepared on an ‘IAS 17’ basis, this means that they  
reflect the framework of accounting that applied in FY19 prior to the transition to IFRS 16 in FY20

Like-for-like sales

This measure provides an indicator of the underlying performance of our bars. There is  
no accounting standard or consistent definition of ‘like-for-like sales’ across the industry.  
Group like-for-like sales are defined as sales at only those venues that traded in both the  
current year and comparative reporting periods

Net bank debt

Net bank debt is calculated as bank borrowings less cash at bank and other cash and  
cash equivalents

Operating profit

Earnings before interest and tax

Profit before tax

Profit after taking account of all income and costs including interest but before tax

Governance ReportFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportCompany overview106 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Tax advisers
Grant Thornton UK LLP
4 Hardman Square 
Spinningfields 
Manchester 
M3 3EB

Legal advisers (corporate)
Gowling WLG (UK) LLP
4 More London Riverside 
London 
SE1 2AU

Macfarlanes LLP
20 Cursitor St 
London 
EC4A 1LT

Legal advisers (property)
Shoosmiths
100 Avebury Boulevard 
Milton Keynes 
MK9 1FH

Legal advisers (licensing)
Kuits
3 St Mary’s Parsonage 
Manchester 
M3 2RD

Revolution Bars Group plc
Registered number 08838504

Registered address 
21 Old Street 
Ashton-under-Lyne 
Tameside 
OL6 6LA

Nominated advisor and Joint broker
finnCap
1 Bartholomew Close 
London 
EC1A 7BL

Joint broker
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House 
120 London Wall 
London 
EC2Y 5ET

Registrar
Link Group
10th Floor 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL

Financial PR
Instinctif Partners
65 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7NQ

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Hardman Square 
Spinningfields 
Manchester 
M3 3EB

NOTES

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

107

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Governance ReportStrategic ReportCompany overview 
108 Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

NOTES

Revolution Bars Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2021

109

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Governance ReportStrategic ReportCompany overview 
Registered address

21 Old Street 
Ashton-under-Lyne 
Tameside 
OL6 6LA

R

e

v

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

B

a

r

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1